<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<FictionBook xmlns="http://www.gribuser.ru/xml/fictionbook/2.0" xmlns:l="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"><description><title-info><author><first-name>Nathaniel Parker Willis</first-name></author><book-title>American Scenery, Vol. 1 (of 2)&#13;
or, Land, lake, and river illustrations of transatlantic nature</book-title><lang>uk</lang></title-info></description><body><section><p>[Illustration: W. H. BARTLETT.&#13;
 Handsigned: Yours truly&#13;
 W. H. Bartlett.]</p><p>AMERICAN SCENERY;</p><p>OR,</p><p>LAND, LAKE, AND RIVER</p><p>ILLUSTRATIONS OF TRANSATLANTIC NATURE.</p><p>FROM DRAWINGS BY W. H. BARTLETT,</p><p>ENGRAVED IN THE FIRST STYLE OF THE ART,</p><p>BY</p><p>R. WALLIS, J. COUSEN, WILLMORE, BRANDARD, ADLARD, RICHARDSON, &amp;c.</p><p>THE LITERARY DEPARTMENT</p><p>BY N. P. WILLIS, ESQ.&#13;
   AUTHOR OF “PENCILLINGS BY THE WAY,” “INKLINGS OF ADVENTURE,” ETC.</p><p>VOL. I.</p><p>LONDON:&#13;
           G E O R G E   V I R T U E,  26,  I V Y   L A N E.&#13;
                                MDCCCXL.</p><p>LONDON:&#13;
               RICHARD CLAY, PRINTER. BREAD STREET HILL.</p><p>PREFACE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Either Nature has wrought with a bolder hand in America, or the effect&#13;
of long continued cultivation on scenery, as exemplified in Europe, is&#13;
greater than is usually supposed. Certain it is that the rivers, the&#13;
forests, the unshorn mountain-sides and unbridged chasms of that vast&#13;
country, are of a character peculiar to America alone—a lavish and&#13;
large-featured sublimity, (if we may so express it,) quite dissimilar to&#13;
the picturesque of all other countries.</p><p>To compare the sublime of the Western Continent with the sublime of&#13;
Switzerland—the vales and rivers, lakes and waterfalls, of the New&#13;
World with those of the Old—to note their differences, and admire or&#13;
appreciate each by contrast with the other, was a privilege hitherto&#13;
confined to the far-wandering traveller. In the class of works, of which&#13;
this is a specimen, however, that enviable enjoyment is brought to the&#13;
fire-side of the home-keeping and secluded as well; and, sitting by the&#13;
social hearth, those whose lot is domestic and retired, can, with small&#13;
cost, lay side by side upon the evening table the wild scenery of&#13;
America, and the bold passes of the Alps—the leafy Susquehanna with its&#13;
rude raft, and the palace-gemmed Bosphorus with its slender caïque. So&#13;
great a gratification is seldom enjoyed at so little cost and pains.</p><p>In the Letter-press, it has been the Writer’s aim to assemble as much as&#13;
possible of that part of American story which history has not yet found&#13;
leisure to put into form, and which romance and poetry have not yet&#13;
appropriated—the legendary traditions and anecdotes, events of the&#13;
trying times of the Revolution, Indian history, &amp;c. &amp;c. It is&#13;
confidently hoped, that the attempt to assemble a mass of interesting&#13;
matter under this design, has not failed; and that, in the value of the&#13;
intellectual portion, as well as in the beauty and finish of the&#13;
embellishments, the Work will be thought worthy of the patronage of the&#13;
public.</p><p>CONTENTS AND LIST OF ENGRAVINGS&#13;
                              TO VOLUME I.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>_Ch._                                                        _Page_&#13;
         PORTRAIT of Mr. Bartlett. (Autographed)                     0&#13;
       1 MAP of the NORTH-EASTERN Parts of the UNITED STATES         1&#13;
       2 Niagara Falls, from the Ferry                               4&#13;
       3 View from West Point                                        6&#13;
       4 Trenton Falls, View down the Ravine                         8&#13;
       5 View from Mount Holyoke                                    10&#13;
       6 The Outlet of Niagara River                                12&#13;
       7 The Palisades, Hudson River                                14&#13;
       8 The Rapids above the Falls of Niagara                      16&#13;
       9 Saratoga Lake                                              18&#13;
      10 The Colonnade of Congress Hall, Saratoga Springs           20&#13;
      11 Albany                                                     22&#13;
      12 Crow’s Nest, from Bull Hill, West Point                    24&#13;
      13 View below Table Rock                                      26&#13;
      14 Lake Winipiseogee                                          28&#13;
      15 Kosciusko’s Monument                                       30&#13;
      16 The Horseshoe Falls at Niagara, with the Tower             32&#13;
      17 The Narrows, at Staten Island                              34&#13;
      18 View of the Capitol at Washington                          36&#13;
      19 View of the Ruins of Fort Ticonderoga                      38&#13;
      20 View from Fort Putnam                                      40&#13;
      21 View of State Street, Boston                               42&#13;
      22 Niagara Falls, from Clifton House                          45&#13;
      23 View from Hyde Park                                        47&#13;
      24 Village of Sing-Sing                                       49&#13;
      25 View from Ruggle’s House, Newburgh                         51&#13;
      26 Descent into the Valley of Wyoming                         53&#13;
      27 Boston, from Dorchester Heights                            55&#13;
      28 View of Faneuil Hall, Boston                               57&#13;
      29 New York Bay, from the Telegraph Station                   59&#13;
      30 Peekskill Landing                                          61&#13;
      31 Lighthouse near Caldwell Landing                           63&#13;
      32 Harper’s Ferry, from the Potomac side                      65&#13;
      33 Caldwell, Lake George                                      69&#13;
      34 Centre Harbour, Lake Winipiseogee                          71&#13;
      35 Yale College, at New Haven                                 74&#13;
      36 Willey House—White Mountains                               76&#13;
      37 Battle Monument, Baltimore                                 78&#13;
      38 Forest Scene on Lake Ontario                               80&#13;
      39 Viaduct on the Baltimore and Washington Rail-road          82&#13;
      40 The Indian Falls near Coldspring                           85&#13;
      41 Columbia Bridge, over the Susquehanna                      87&#13;
      42 The Genessee Falls, Rochester                              89&#13;
      43 The Ferry at Brooklyn, New York                            91&#13;
      44 Rail-road to Utica, Little Falls                           93&#13;
      45 Utica                                                      96&#13;
      46 The Landing, on the American side, Falls of Niagara        97&#13;
      47 View From Mount Washington                                 99&#13;
      48 Mount Washington, and the White Hills                     101&#13;
      49 The Park and City Hall, New York                          103&#13;
      50 The Two Lakes, and the Mountain House on the Catskills    105&#13;
      51 Trenton High Falls                                        106&#13;
      52 The Valley of the Shenandoah, from Jefferson’s Rock       108&#13;
      53 Lockport, Erie Canal                                      110&#13;
      54 The Tomb of Washington, Mount Vernon                      113&#13;
      55 Black Mountain, Lake George                               115&#13;
      56 Valley of the Connecticut, from Mount Holyoke             117&#13;
      57 View on the Erie Canal, near Little Falls                 119&#13;
      58 Hudson Highlands, from Bull Hill                          121&#13;
      59 Villa on the Hudson, near Weehawken                       123&#13;
      60 View of Meredith, New Hampshire                           125&#13;
      61 Ballston Springs                                          128&#13;
      62 The Narrows, from Fort Hamilton                           130&#13;
      63 The Notch House, White Mountains                          132&#13;
      64 Wilkesbarre, Vale of Wyoming                              134&#13;
      65 Squawm Lake, New Hampshire                                136&#13;
      66 Sabbath-Day Point, Lake George                            138</p><p>[Illustration: THE NORTH EASTERN PART OF THE UNITED STATES.]</p><p>AMERICAN SCENERY.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>It strikes the European traveller, at the first burst of the scenery of&#13;
America on his eye, that the New World of Columbus is also a new world&#13;
from the hand of the Creator. In comparison with the old countries of&#13;
Europe, the vegetation is so wondrously lavish, the outlines and minor&#13;
features struck out with so bold a freshness, and the lakes and rivers&#13;
so even in their fulness and flow, yet so vast and powerful, that he may&#13;
well imagine it an Eden newly sprung from the ocean. The Minerva-like&#13;
birth of the republic of the United States, its sudden rise to&#13;
independence, wealth, and power, and its continued and marvellous&#13;
increase in population and prosperity, strike him with the same&#13;
surprise, and leave the same impression of a new scale of existence, and&#13;
a fresher and faster law of growth and accomplishment. The interest,&#13;
with regard to both the natural and civilized features of America, has&#13;
very much increased within a few years; and travellers, who have&#13;
exhausted the unchanging countries of Europe, now turn their steps in&#13;
great numbers to the novel scenery, and ever-shifting aspects of this.</p><p>The picturesque views of the United States suggest a train of thought&#13;
directly opposite to that of similar objects of interest in other lands.&#13;
There, the soul and centre of attraction in every picture is some ruin&#13;
of the _past_. The wandering artist avoids every thing that is modern,&#13;
and selects his point of view so as to bring prominently into his&#13;
sketch, the castle, or the cathedral, which history or antiquity has&#13;
hallowed. The traveller visits each spot in the same spirit—ridding&#13;
himself, as far as possible, of common and present associations, to feed&#13;
his mind on the historical and legendary. The objects and habits of&#13;
reflection in both traveller and artist undergo in America a direct&#13;
revolution. He who journeys here, if he would not have the eternal&#13;
succession of lovely natural objects—</p><p>“Lie like a load on the weary eye,”</p><p>must feed his imagination on the _future_. The American does so. His&#13;
mind, as he tracks the broad rivers of his own country, is perpetually&#13;
reaching forward. Instead of looking through a valley, which has&#13;
presented the same aspect for hundreds of years—in which live lords and&#13;
tenants, whose hearths have been surrounded by the same names through&#13;
ages of tranquil descent, and whose fields have never changed landmark&#13;
or mode of culture since the memory of man, he sees a valley laden down&#13;
like a harvest waggon with a virgin vegetation, untrodden and luxuriant;&#13;
and his first thought is of the villages that will soon sparkle on the&#13;
hill-sides, the axes that will ring from the woodlands, and the mills,&#13;
bridges, canals, and rail-roads, that will span and border the stream&#13;
that now runs through sedge and wild-flowers. The towns he passes&#13;
through on his route are not recognizable by prints done by artists long&#13;
ago dead, with houses of low-browed architecture, and immemorial trees;&#13;
but a town which has perhaps doubled its inhabitants and dwellings since&#13;
he last saw it, and will again double them before he returns. Instead of&#13;
inquiring into its antiquity, he sits over the fire with his paper and&#13;
pencil, and calculates what the population will be in ten years, how far&#13;
they will spread, what the value of the neighbouring land will become,&#13;
and whether the stock of some canal or rail-road that seems more&#13;
visionary than Symmes’s expedition to the centre of the earth, will, in&#13;
consequence, be a good investment. He looks upon all external objects as&#13;
exponents of the future. In Europe they are only exponents of the past.</p><p>There is a field for the artist in this country (of which this&#13;
publication reaps almost the first-fruits) which surpasses every other&#13;
in richness of picturesque. The great difficulty at present is, where to&#13;
choose. Every mile upon the rivers, every hollow in the landscape, every&#13;
turn in the innumerable mountain streams, arrests the painter’s eye, and&#13;
offers him some untouched and peculiar variety of an exhaustless nature.&#13;
It is in _river scenery_, however, that America excels all other lands:&#13;
and here the artist’s labour is not, as in Europe, to embellish and&#13;
idealise the reality; he finds it difficult to come up to it. How&#13;
represent the excessive richness of the foliage! How draw the vanishing&#13;
lines which mark the swells in the forest-ground, the round heaps of the&#13;
chestnut-tops, the greener belts through the wilderness which betray the&#13;
wanderings of the water-courses! How give in so small a space the&#13;
evasive swiftness of the rapid, the terrific plunge of the precipice, or&#13;
the airy wheel of the eagle, as his diminished form shoots off from the&#13;
sharp line of the summit, and cuts a circle on the sky!</p><p>The general architecture of the United States cannot pretend, of course,&#13;
to vie with that of older countries; yet, taken in connexion with the&#13;
beautiful position of the towns, no drawing will be found deficient in&#13;
beauty, while many of the public buildings especially are, as works of&#13;
art, well worthy the draughtman’s notice. The curiosity now generally&#13;
excited with regard to this country, by its own progress, and by the&#13;
late numerous books of travels, will throw a sufficient interest around&#13;
every point that the pencil could present.</p><p>——“The green land of groves, the beautiful waste,&#13;
        Nurse of full streams, and lifter up of proud&#13;
        Sky-mingling mountains that o’erlook the cloud.&#13;
        Erewhile, where yon gay spires their brightness rear,&#13;
        Trees waved, and the brown hunter’s shouts were loud&#13;
        Amid the forest; and the bounding deer&#13;
      Fled at the glancing plume, and the gaunt wolf yell’d near.</p><p>“And where his willing waves yon bright blue bay&#13;
           Sends up, to kiss his decorated brim,&#13;
           And cradles, in his soft embrace, the gay&#13;
           Young group of grassy islands born of him,&#13;
           And, crowding nigh, or in the distance dim,&#13;
           Lifts the white throng of sails, that bear or bring&#13;
           The commerce of the world;—with tawny limb,&#13;
           And belt and beads in sunlight glistening,&#13;
         The savage urged his skiff like wild bird on the wing.</p><p>*    *    *    *    *    *    *    *    *    *</p><p>“Look now abroad—another race has fill’d&#13;
           These populous borders—wide the wood recedes,&#13;
           And towns shoot up, and fertile realms are till’d;&#13;
           The land is full of harvests and green meads;&#13;
           Streams numberless, that many a fountain feeds,&#13;
           Shine, disembower’d, and give to sun and breeze&#13;
           Their virgin waters; the full region leads&#13;
           New colonies forth, that toward the western seas&#13;
         Spread, like a rapid flame, among the autumnal trees.</p><p>*    *    *    *    *    *    *    *    *    *</p><p>“But thou, my country, thou shalt never fall,&#13;
        But with thy children—thy maternal care,&#13;
        Thy lavish love, thy blessing shower’d on all—&#13;
        These are thy fetters—seas and stormy air&#13;
        Are the wide barrier of thy borders, where&#13;
        Among thy gallant sons that guard thee well,&#13;
        Thou laugh’st at enemies: who shall then declare&#13;
        The date of thy deep-founded strength, or tell&#13;
      How happy, in thy lap, the sons of men shall dwell.”—BRYANT.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                     NIAGARA FALLS, FROM THE FERRY.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The best way to approach Niagara is to come up on the American shore,&#13;
and cross at the ferry. The descent of about two hundred feet by the&#13;
staircase, brings the traveller directly under the shoulder and edge of&#13;
the American fall—the most imposing scene, for a single object, that he&#13;
will ever have witnessed. The long column of sparkling water seems, as&#13;
he stands near it, to descend to an immeasurable depth, and the bright&#13;
sea-green curve above has the appearance of being let into the sky. The&#13;
tremendous power of the Fall, as well as the height, realizes here his&#13;
utmost expectations. He descends to the water’s edge, and embarks in a&#13;
ferry-boat, which tosses like an egg-shell on the heaving and convulsed&#13;
water; and in a minute or two he finds himself in the face of the vast&#13;
line of the Falls, and sees with surprise that he has expended his&#13;
fullest admiration and astonishment upon a mere thread of Niagara—the&#13;
thousandth part of its wondrous volume and grandeur. From the point&#13;
where he crosses, to Table Rock, the line of the Falls is measurable at&#13;
three quarters of a mile; and it is this immense extent which, more than&#13;
any other feature, takes the traveller by surprise. The tide at the&#13;
Ferry sets very strongly down, and the athletic men who are employed&#13;
here, keep the boat up against it with difficulty. Arrived near the&#13;
opposite landing, however, there is a slight counter-current, and the&#13;
large rocks near the shore serve as a breakwater, behind which the boat&#13;
runs smoothly to her moorings.</p><p>It may be remarked, that the well-known stanzas on the “Fall of Terni,”&#13;
in the fourth canto of “Childe Harold,” are, in many respects,&#13;
singularly and powerfully descriptive of Niagara.</p><p>“The roar of waters!—from the headlong height&#13;
             Velino cleaves the wave-worn precipice;&#13;
             The fall of waters! rapid as the light&#13;
             The flashing mass foams shaking the abyss;&#13;
             The hell of waters! where they howl and hiss,&#13;
             And boil in endless torture; while the sweat&#13;
             Of their great agony, wrung out from this&#13;
             Their Phlegethon, curls round the rocks of jet&#13;
           That gird the gulf around, in pitiless horror set,</p><p>“And mounts in spray the skies, and thence again&#13;
         Returns in an unceasing shower, which round,&#13;
         With its unemptied cloud of gentle rain,&#13;
         Is an eternal April to the ground,&#13;
         Making it all one emerald:—how profound&#13;
         The gulph! and how the giant element&#13;
         From rock to rock leaps with delirious bound,&#13;
         Crushing the cliffs, which, downward worn and rent&#13;
       With his fierce footsteps, yield in chasms a fearful vent,</p><p>“To the broad column which rolls on, and shows&#13;
            More like the fountain of an infant sea&#13;
            Torn from the womb of mountains by the throes&#13;
            Of a new world, than only thus to be&#13;
            Parent of rivers, which flow gushingly,&#13;
            With many windings through the vale:—Look back&#13;
            Lo! where it comes like an eternity,&#13;
            As if to sweep down all things in its track,&#13;
          Charming the eye with dread,—a matchless cataract,</p><p>“Horribly beautiful! but on the verge,&#13;
            From side to side, beneath the glittering morn,&#13;
            An Iris sits, amidst the infernal surge,&#13;
            Like Hope upon a death-bed, and, unworn&#13;
            Its steady dyes, while all around is torn&#13;
            By the distracted waters, bears serene&#13;
            Its brilliant hues with all their beams unshorn:&#13;
            Resembling, ’mid the torture of the scene,&#13;
          Love watching Madness with unalterable mien.”—BYRON.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                         VIEW FROM WEST POINT.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Of the river scenery of America, the Hudson, at West Point, is doubtless&#13;
the boldest and most beautiful. This powerful river writhes through the&#13;
highlands in abrupt curves, reminding one, when the tide runs strongly&#13;
down, of Laocoon in the enlacing folds of the serpent. The different&#13;
spurs of mountain ranges which meet here, abut upon the river in bold&#13;
precipices from five to fifteen hundred feet from the water’s edge; the&#13;
foliage hangs to them, from base to summit, with the tenacity and bright&#13;
verdure of moss; and the stream below, deprived of the slant lights&#13;
which brighten its depths elsewhere, flows on with a sombre and dark&#13;
green shadow in its bosom, as if frowning at the narrow gorge into which&#13;
its broad-breasted waters are driven.</p><p>Back from the bluff of West Point extends a natural platform of near&#13;
half a mile square, high, level, and beautifully amphitheatred with wood&#13;
and rock. This is the site of the Military Academy, and a splendid&#13;
natural parade. When the tents of the summer camp are shining on the&#13;
field—the flag, with its blood-bright stripes, waving against the&#13;
foliage of the hills—the trumpet echoing from bluff to bluff, and the&#13;
compact batallion cutting its trim line across the greensward—there are&#13;
few more fairy spots in this working-day world.</p><p>On the extreme edge of the summit, overlooking the river, stands a&#13;
marble shaft, pointing like a bright finger to glory, the tomb of the&#13;
soldier and patriot Kosciusko. The military colleges and other buildings&#13;
skirt the parade on the side of the mountain; and forward, toward the&#13;
river, on the western edge, stands a spacious hotel, from the verandahs&#13;
of which the traveller gets a view through the highlands, that he&#13;
remembers till he dies. Right up before him, with the smooth curve of an&#13;
eagle’s ascent, rises the “old cro’ nest” of the culprit Fay, a bright&#13;
green mountain, that thrusts its topmost pine into the sky; the&#13;
Donderbarrak, or (if it is not sacrilege to translate so fine a name for&#13;
a mountain,) the _Thunder-chamber_, heaves its round shoulder beyond;&#13;
back from the opposite shore, as if it recoiled from these, leans the&#13;
bold cliff of Breknock; and then looking out, as if from a cavern, into&#13;
the sunlight, the eye drops beyond upon a sheet of wide-spreading water,&#13;
with an emerald island in its bosom; the white buildings of Newburgh&#13;
creeping back to the plains beyond, and in the far, far distance, the&#13;
wavy and blue line of the Kattskills, as if it were the dim-seen edge of&#13;
an outer horizon.</p><p>The passage through the highlands at West Point still bears the old name&#13;
of Wey-gat, or Wind-gate; and one of the prettiest moving dioramas&#13;
conceivable, is the working through the gorge of the myriad&#13;
sailing-craft of the river. The sloops which ply upon the Hudson, by the&#13;
way, are remarkable for their picturesque beauty, and for the enormous&#13;
quantity of sail they carry on in all weathers; and nothing is more&#13;
beautiful than the little fleets of from six to a dozen, all tacking or&#13;
scudding together, like so many white sea-birds on the wing. Up they&#13;
come, with a dashing breeze, under Anthony’s Nose, and the Sugar-Loaf,&#13;
and giving the rocky toe of West Point a wide berth, all down helm, and&#13;
round into the bay; when—just as the peak of Crow Nest slides its&#13;
shadow over the mainsail—slap comes the wind aback, and the whole fleet&#13;
is in a flutter. The channel is narrow and serpentine, the wind&#13;
baffling, and small room to beat; but the little craft are worked&#13;
merrily and well; and dodging about, as if to escape some invisible imp&#13;
in the air, they gain point after point, till at last they get the&#13;
Donderbarrak behind them, and fall once more into the regular current of&#13;
the wind.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                             TRENTON FALLS.&#13;
                        (VIEW DOWN THE RAVINE.)</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Trenton Falls (called Cayoharie by the Indians) are formed by the&#13;
descent of a considerable stream, known by the name of West Canada&#13;
Creek, through a mountainous ravine of singular formation and beauty.&#13;
The Creek, which is swollen to a tremendous torrent by rains in the&#13;
mountains, or by the spring thaws, has evidently worn through the strata&#13;
which now enclose it, and runs at present over a succession of flat&#13;
platforms, descending by leaps of forty or fifty feet from one to the&#13;
other, and forming the most lovely chain of cascades for a length of&#13;
three or four hundred miles. The walls that shut it in are either&#13;
perpendicular, or overhanging it in broad table ledges; the wild&#13;
vegetation of the forest above, leaning over the chasm with an effect&#13;
like foliage of a bright translucent green, painted on the sky.</p><p>Although but fourteen miles distant from a town containing twelve or&#13;
fourteen thousand inhabitants, Trenton Falls were unknown till within a&#13;
very few years. They were discovered by an artist in search of the&#13;
picturesque, and are now visited, like Niagara and Terni. A quiet but&#13;
excellent inn, which contrasts strongly, by its respectful service, and&#13;
its neat and secluded air, with the noisy and carelessly kept hotels of&#13;
the country, stands on the edge of the pine forest, a little back from&#13;
the brink of the chasm; and being off the business line of travel, and&#13;
requiring a little time and expense to reach, it is frequented&#13;
principally by the better class of travellers, and forms a most&#13;
agreeable loitering-place, either for the invalid, or the lover of quiet&#13;
leisure.</p><p>In company with the artist to whom the public is indebted for these&#13;
admirable drawings, I lately visited the ravine by moonlight. We had&#13;
passed the day in rambling up and down the creek, (a term, by the way,&#13;
that, differing from its use in England, describes usually in America&#13;
the finer class of streams;) and I had already made myself familiar by&#13;
many visits in former years with every turn and phase of its matchless&#13;
waters, as seen by the light of day. The moon rose about ten, and lifted&#13;
her perfect orb, without a mist or a cloud, over the shoulder of the&#13;
mountain which turns the outlet of the ravine. The fine and majestic&#13;
wood, through which winds the narrow footpath to the Falls, let in the&#13;
white light in silvery and broken masses—sometimes sliding a long&#13;
argent line down the dark body of a pine, sometimes pouring in upon the&#13;
horizontal branches of the hemlock, like an open hand sprinkled with&#13;
snow; and here and there lighting up a broad circle upon the carpet of&#13;
tassels and dead leaves, which, in contrast with the heavy shadows of&#13;
the surrounding wood, looked illuminated with the special brightness of&#13;
a fairy ring.</p><p>We descended the long ladder leading into the ravine, and were soon&#13;
below the reach of the moonlight, which came slant as yet, and only&#13;
rimmed the black wall above us with a long strip of white, which, where&#13;
the wavy line of moss and creepers ran into it, resembled the edging of&#13;
lace upon a velvet coat in a dark old Flemish picture. The water in this&#13;
part of the gulf quite fills up the chasm, and rolls, even by day-light,&#13;
in a black and sullen stream between the bare cliffs which frown over&#13;
it. The only path here is a giddy ledge, half way up the precipice,&#13;
which is passed with the aid of a chain run along the rock; and, as we&#13;
stood on this, looking over into the uncertain darkness below, with the&#13;
murmur of the far-down and invisible current ascending faintly to our&#13;
ears, and the light of heaven ceasing so far above us, it seemed to us&#13;
not an inapt image of the infernal river. We crept on till we came to&#13;
the foot of the principal Fall, and sat down on the platform below, to&#13;
wait the gradual descent of the moon.</p><p>The mist over the Fall began to show like a film of gauze waving in the&#13;
air; the sharp angles and crevices in the precipice caught the light one&#13;
by one, and soon the whole upper ravine was illuminated, while through&#13;
the gorge below the stream still made its way darkly and solemnly to the&#13;
outlet.</p><p>No pencil, no language, can describe the splendour with which the moon&#13;
drew her light across the face of the Fall. The other objects in the&#13;
ravine drank her beams soberly, and gave back only their own calm&#13;
outlines to the eye; but, from this wall of waters, every spray-drop&#13;
gave back a diamond—every column of the descending element, a pillar of&#13;
silver. If there were gates to fairy-land opening from this world of&#13;
ours, and times when they are visible and recognizable by the chance&#13;
passing eye of man, I should have believed that we had fallen on the&#13;
hour, and that some inner and slowly opening portal was letting the&#13;
brightness of a fairy world through these curtains of crystal.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                        VIEW FROM MOUNT HOLYOKE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Probably the richest view in America, in point of cultivation and&#13;
fertile beauty, is that from Mount Holyoke. The bald face of this&#13;
mountain, which is turned towards Northampton, is about one thousand one&#13;
hundred feet above the level of the Connecticut river, (or Quonnecticut,&#13;
as pronounced by the Indians,) and commands a radius of about sixty&#13;
miles. The ascent at the side is easy; and it is a fashionable climb for&#13;
tourists, whose patronage of ginger-beer and sunrises maintains a shanty&#13;
and a hermit on the top, and keeps in repair a series of scrambling but&#13;
convenient ladders at the difficult points of the enterprise. The view&#13;
immediately below presents a singular phase of the scenery of the river,&#13;
which seems here to possess a soul for beauty, and loiters, enamoured&#13;
and unwilling to flow on, in the bosom of a meadow which has no parallel&#13;
in New England for loveliness and fertility. Four times the amorous&#13;
stream turns to the west, and thrice to the east, threading its silver&#13;
tide through the tender verdure as capriciously as a vein in the neck of&#13;
beauty, and cheating twelve miles of direct course into twenty-four of&#13;
coil and current. The meadow is almost entirely unfenced, and the river&#13;
is fringed in all its windings with weeping elms, wild flowers and&#13;
shrubs, while up toward the town the fields rise in slightly swelling&#13;
terraces—forming a foreground to one of the most sunny and cheerful&#13;
villages in Massachusetts.</p><p>The more extended view embraces a great variety of mountain&#13;
range—Monadhoe in the north-east, Saddle Mountain in the north-west,&#13;
Mount Tom (between which and Mount Holyoke the Connecticut seems to have&#13;
broken with the outlet waters of an immense lake) close on the&#13;
south-west, and spurs of the Green Mountains advancing and receding in&#13;
the course of the Connecticut in the north. Geologists speculate&#13;
extensively on the lakes that once existed in the bosoms formed by these&#13;
mountains—but we have not time to go back to the deluge.</p><p>There is a small hamlet at the foot of Mount Holyoke, on the eastern&#13;
side of the river, called by the Indian name _Hoccanum_, and another at&#13;
the foot of Mount Tom, on the western side, called _Pascommuc_, both of&#13;
which were burnt by the savages in the early settlement of the country,&#13;
and the inhabitants killed or taken captive. The early history of all&#13;
these towns on the Connecticut river is filled with events of Indian&#13;
warfare. Northampton, by its rich alluvial land allured the first&#13;
settlers of Massachusetts long before most of the country between it and&#13;
the sea-coast possessed an inhabitant. These adventurous pilgrims seated&#13;
themselves in the midst of an unprotected wilderness, and surrounded by&#13;
populous Indian tribes; and, first purchasing the land at the Indians’&#13;
valuation, they defended themselves afterwards as they might from the&#13;
aggressions of these and others. The township of Northampton (called&#13;
Nonotuc by the aborigines) was first bought in 1653. It was conveyed to&#13;
John Pyncheon for the planters by Wawdillowa, Nenessahalant,&#13;
Nassicochee, and four others (one of whom was a married woman), who were&#13;
styled the “chief and proper owners.” The price was “one hundred fathom&#13;
of wampum by tale, and ten coats,” to which was added an agreement to&#13;
plough for the Indians, in the ensuing summer, sixteen acres of land on&#13;
the east side of Quonnecticut River. These “all bargained for&#13;
themselves, or the other owners by their consent.” All the aborigines of&#13;
this country, observes a correct writer on this subject, are owners of&#13;
the lands on which they dwell—men and women alike. This property in&#13;
lands, held by the Indian women, is a singular fact in the history of&#13;
the savage nations.</p><p>Three years after, a rich interval near Northampton, called Capawanke,&#13;
and containing eight or nine hundred acres, was sold to these same&#13;
planters by an Indian, named Lampancho, for fifty shillings, at two&#13;
payments, “to his entire satisfaction.”</p><p>These two purchases give a very fair idea of the Indian purchases made&#13;
by our forefathers. In the former, ninety square miles were sold for a&#13;
hundred fathom of wampum and ten coats! Within this tract were near five&#13;
thousand acres of interval land, worth at the present time perhaps eight&#13;
or nine hundred thousand dollars. Unjust as the transaction seems,&#13;
however, the price was ample to the Indian, who could not have got so&#13;
much by keeping it, and for whom there was no other purchaser.</p><p>The settlers of Nonotuc lived in comparative harmony with the tribe&#13;
about them; but in the subsequent Indian wars they lived in perpetual&#13;
fear and agitation. The town was surrounded with palisades, “the&#13;
meeting-house” was fortified, as were most of the private houses, and&#13;
several forts were built within the town. Still their dwellings were&#13;
often burnt, their women and children carried into captivity, and their&#13;
time was divided between war and agriculture.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                        OUTLET OF NIAGARA RIVER.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This view is taken from the American side, and presents the _debouchure_&#13;
of the waters of Niagara into Lake Ontario, from a point of great&#13;
advantage. The vastness of the lake beyond, the tremendous agony which&#13;
the still foaming waters have just escaped at Niagara, and the remoter&#13;
journey of three thousand miles by which they have sought the sea from&#13;
their fountains in the west, form a back-ground of imagination to this&#13;
view, which, realised on the spot, give it a very thrilling interest. It&#13;
is in itself, however, a landscape of unusually bold character; and the&#13;
lofty and curving banks of the river are in keeping with its powerful&#13;
flow, and the immense volume it pours into the lake.</p><p>Fort Niagara, on the opposite side, was erected by the French so late as&#13;
1751, and was looked upon by them as the key to all these inland seas.&#13;
They had possession of it about eight years. In the beginning of July,&#13;
1759, General Prideaux, with his troops, reinforced by the Indian&#13;
auxiliaries under Sir William Johnson, advanced to Niagara without the&#13;
least hinderance—the enemy here not being in sufficient force to throw&#13;
any impediments in the way. About the middle of July he commenced the&#13;
siege, which he carried on with great vigour till the twentieth, when he&#13;
was killed in the trenches. Sir William Johnson, who succeeded him,&#13;
pressed the siege with great vigour. The enemy, alarmed with the&#13;
apprehension of losing a place of such importance, resolved to make a&#13;
last effort for its relief. For this purpose, they assembled about&#13;
twelve hundred men, drawn from Venango, Presque Isle, and Detroit; and&#13;
these, with some Indian auxiliaries, were detached, under the command of&#13;
M. d’Aubry, on an attempt to reinforce the garrison. Sir William Johnson&#13;
having received intelligence of their design, made a disposition to&#13;
intercept them in their march. He accordingly detached a considerable&#13;
body of troops for this service, who, falling in with the enemy very&#13;
near the lines of the besiegers, a battle was fought, which resulted in&#13;
the entire defeat of the French, with the capture of their commander,&#13;
and most of his officers. This battle happened the twenty-fourth of&#13;
July, and was fought in sight of the French garrison at Niagara. Sir&#13;
William Johnson immediately after sent Major Harvey to the commandant of&#13;
the fort, with an order, exhorting him to surrender, which being&#13;
complied with, the garrison, consisting of about six hundred men,&#13;
surrendered prisoners of war.”</p><p>The following letter from Sir William Johnson, reporting his victory, is&#13;
preserved in the Historical Journal kept by Captain Knox, and printed at&#13;
the time:—</p><p>“I have the honour to acquaint you, by Lieutenant Moncrief, that Niagara&#13;
surrendered to his Majesty’s arms, on the twenty-fifth instant. A&#13;
detachment of twelve hundred men, with a number of Indians, under the&#13;
command of Messieurs Aubry and Signery, collected from Detroit, Venango,&#13;
and Presqu’Isle, made an attempt to reinforce the garrison, the&#13;
twenty-fourth in the morning; but as I had intelligence of them, I made&#13;
a disposition to intercept them. The evening before, I ordered the light&#13;
infantry and piquets to take post on the road upon our left, leading&#13;
from Niagara Falls to the fort; in the morning, I reinforced these with&#13;
two companies of grenadiers, and part of the forty-sixth regiment. The&#13;
action began about half an hour after nine; but they were so well&#13;
received by the troops in front, and the Indians on their flank, that,&#13;
in an hour’s time, the whole was completely ruined, and all their&#13;
officers made prisoners, among whom are M. d’Aubry, de Signery, Marin,&#13;
Repentini, to the number of seventeen. I cannot ascertain the number&#13;
killed, they are so dispersed among the woods; but their loss is great.&#13;
As this happened under the eyes of the garrison, I thought proper to&#13;
send my last summons to the commanding officer, for his surrendering,&#13;
which he listened to. I inclose you the capitulation: M. Moncrief will&#13;
inform you of the state of our ammunition and provisions; I hope care&#13;
will be taken to forward an immediate supply of both to Oswego. As the&#13;
troops that were defeated yesterday were drawn from those posts which&#13;
lie in General Stanwig’s route, I am in hopes it will be of the utmost&#13;
consequence to the success of his expedition. The public stores of the&#13;
garrison, that can be saved from the Indians, I shall order the&#13;
Assistant Quarter-Master General, and the Clerk of the stores, to take&#13;
an account of, as soon as possible. As all my attention at present is&#13;
taken up with the Indians, that the capitulation I have agreed to may be&#13;
observed, your Excellency will excuse my not being more particular.&#13;
Permit me to assure you, in the whole progress of the siege, which was&#13;
severe and painful, the officers and men behaved with the utmost&#13;
cheerfulness and bravery. I have only to regret the loss of General&#13;
Prideaux and Colonel Johnson; I endeavoured to pursue the late General’s&#13;
vigorous measures, the good effects of which he deserved to enjoy.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                      THE PALISADES—HUDSON RIVER.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The first feature of the celebrated banks of the Hudson, which arrests&#13;
the eye of the traveller after leaving New York, is this singular wall&#13;
of rock, extending as far onward as he can see, and forming a bold&#13;
barricade against the river on the side of New Jersey. This singular&#13;
precipice varies in height from fifty to two hundred feet, and presents&#13;
a naked front of columnar strata, which gives it its descriptive name.&#13;
The small sloops which lie along under the shore, loading with building&#13;
stone from its base, and an occasional shed, diminished to the size of a&#13;
dog-kennel, across the breadth of the river, are the only marks of life&#13;
and habitation it presents to the traveller’s eye.</p><p>With most persons, to mention the Palisades is to recall only the&#13;
confusion of a steamer’s deck, just off from the wharf, with a freight&#13;
of seven or eight hundred souls hoping to “take tea” in Albany. The&#13;
scene is one of inextricable confusion, and it is not till the twenty&#13;
miles of the Palisades are well passed, that the bewildered passenger&#13;
knows rightly whether his wife, child, or baggage, whichever may be his&#13;
tender care, is not being left behind at the rate of fifteen miles in&#13;
the hour.</p><p>I have often, when travelling alone, (for “reflection with folded arms”&#13;
consorts only with the childless and baggageless bachelor), I have often&#13;
flung my valise into a corner, and sure that the whole of my person and&#13;
personal effects was under way, watched the maniform embarrassments and&#13;
troubles that beset the uninitiated voyager on the Hudson. Fifteen&#13;
minutes before the starting of the boat, there is not a passenger on&#13;
board; “time is moving,” and the American counting it as part of the&#13;
expense, determines to pay only “on demand.” He arrives on the narrow&#13;
pier at the same instant with seven hundred men, ladies, and children,&#13;
besides lapdogs, crammed baskets, uncut novels, and baggage for the&#13;
whole. No commissioner in the world would guarantee to get all this&#13;
freight on board in the given time, and yet it is done, to the daily&#13;
astonishment of newspaper hawkers, orange-women, and penny-a-liners&#13;
watching for dreadful accidents. The plank is drawn in, the wheels begin&#13;
to paw like foaming steeds impatient to be off, the bell rings as if it&#13;
was letting down the steps of the last hackney-coach, and away darts the&#13;
boat, like half a town suddenly slipping off and taking a walk on the&#13;
water. The “hands,” (who follow their nomenclature literally, and have&#13;
neither eyes nor bowels) trip up all the little children and astonished&#13;
maids, in coiling up the hawser; the black head-waiter rings a hand-bell&#13;
as if he were crazy, exhorting “them passengers as hasn’t settled to&#13;
step to the Cap’n’s office, _and_ settle,” and angry people who have&#13;
lost sight of their portmanteaus, and selfish people who _will not_ get&#13;
up to let the young gentleman see if his penny trumpet is not under&#13;
them, play in a real-life farce better than Keeley or Liston. A painted&#13;
notice and a very fat black woman in the door-way, inform the gentleman&#13;
who has not seen his wife since the boat started, and is not at all sure&#13;
that she is on board, that “no gentleman is permitted to enter the&#13;
ladies’ cabin,” and spite of his dreadful uncertainty, he is obliged to&#13;
trust to this dark Hebe to find her, among three hundred ladies, by&#13;
description, and amuses all the listeners with his inventory of her&#13;
dress, features, and general appearance. The negress disappears, is&#13;
called twenty ways in twenty seconds, and an hour after, the patient&#13;
husband sees the faithless messenger pass with a glass of lemonade,&#13;
having utterly forgotten him and the lady in the black bonnet and grey&#13;
eyes, who may be, for ought he knows to the contrary, wringing her hands&#13;
at that moment on the wharf at New York. By this time, the young ladies&#13;
are tired of looking at the Palisades, and have taken out their novels,&#13;
the old gentlemen are poring over their damp newspapers, and the captain&#13;
has received his fourteen hundred or two thousand dollars, locked up his&#13;
office, and gone up to smoke with the black funnel and the engineer. The&#13;
broad waters of the Tappan Sea open before the flying cut-water; those&#13;
who have never been up the river before, think of poor André as they&#13;
pass Tappan and Parrytown, and those who love gentle worth and true&#13;
genius begin to look out for Sleepy Hollow, and the house of Washington&#13;
Irving. It is a quiet little spot, buried in trees, and marked with an&#13;
old Dutch vane. May his latter days, when they shall come, find there&#13;
the reverence and repose which are his due!</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                 THE RAPIDS ABOVE THE FALLS OF NIAGARA.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>During the last Canadian war, General Putnam, the famous partisan&#13;
soldier, made the first descent upon Goat Island. A wager had been laid,&#13;
that no man in the army would dare to cross the Rapids from the American&#13;
side; and with the personal daring for which he was remarkable, above&#13;
all the men of that trying period, he undertook the feat. Selecting the&#13;
four stoutest and most resolute men in his corps, he embarked in a&#13;
batteau just above the island, and with a rope attached to the&#13;
ring-bolt, which was held by as many muscular fellows on the shore, he&#13;
succeeded by desperate rowing in reaching his mark. He most easily towed&#13;
back, and the feat has since been rendered unnecessary by the&#13;
construction of the bridge from which the accompanying view is taken.</p><p>Many years since, a Tonemanta chief, after a violent quarrel with his&#13;
squaw, lay down to sleep in his canoe. The little bark was moored just&#13;
out of the tide of Niagara river, at the inlet to the creek which takes&#13;
its name from his tribe, and the half-drunken chief, with his bottle of&#13;
rum in his bosom, was soon fast asleep among the sedges. The enraged&#13;
squaw, finding, after several attempts, that she could not get&#13;
possession of the bottle without waking him, unmoored the canoe, and&#13;
swimming out of the creek, pushed it before her into the swift tide of&#13;
the river. She then turned its head toward the Falls and regained the&#13;
shore. The canoe floated down very tranquilly till it struck the first&#13;
ridge of the rapids. Nearly upset by the shock, she was flung from side&#13;
to side by the contending waters, and the chief started from his&#13;
slumbers. The first glance convinced him that effort would be vain; and&#13;
keeping the canoe upright with instinctive skill, he drew his bottle&#13;
from his bosom, and put it to his lips. The draught lasted him till he&#13;
reached the turn of the cataract; and, as the canoe shot over the glassy&#13;
curve, he was seen sitting upright, with his head thrown back, and both&#13;
hands pressed to the bottle.</p><p>Not long ago it was advertised that, on a certain day, a large vessel,&#13;
freighted with two or three menageries of wild beasts, and some domestic&#13;
animals, would be sent down the Rapids. The announcement drew together&#13;
an immense concourse of people from every part of the country, and, at&#13;
the time specified, the vessel was towed into the stream and abandoned,&#13;
with the animals loose on her deck. She kept her way very gallantly till&#13;
she got to the Rapids, when, after a tremendous pitching for a few&#13;
minutes, she stuck fast in the cleft of a rock. The bears and monkeys&#13;
were seen in the rigging, but the other animals, not being climbers,&#13;
were invisible from the shore. To the great disappointment of many&#13;
thousands, she went over the Falls in the night, and of her whole crew&#13;
the sole survivor was a goose, who was picked up the next day with no&#13;
damage but a broken wing, and has since been exhibited as a curiosity.</p><p>The Rapids are far from being the least interesting feature of Niagara.&#13;
There is a violence and a power in their foaming career, which is seen&#13;
in no other phenomenon of the same class. Standing on the bridge which&#13;
connects Goat Island with the Main, and looking up towards Lake Erie,&#13;
the leaping crests of the rapids form the horizon, and it seems like a&#13;
battle-charge of tempestuous waves, animated and infuriated, against the&#13;
sky. No one who has not seen this spectacle of turbulent grandeur can&#13;
conceive with what force the swift and overwhelming waters are flung&#13;
upwards. The rocks, whose soaring points show above the surface, seem&#13;
tormented with some supernatural agony, and fling off the wild and&#13;
hurried waters, as if with the force of a giant’s arm. Nearer the plunge&#13;
of the Fall, the Rapids become still more agitated; and it is almost&#13;
impossible for the spectator to rid himself of the idea, that they are&#13;
conscious of the abyss to which they are hurrying, and struggle back in&#13;
the very extremity of horror. This propensity to invest Niagara with a&#13;
soul and human feelings is a common effect upon the minds of visitors,&#13;
in every part of its wonderful phenomena. The torture of the Rapids, the&#13;
clinging curves with which they embrace the small rocky islands that&#13;
live amid the surge, the sudden calmness at the brow of the cataract,&#13;
and the infernal writhe and whiteness with which they reappear,&#13;
powerless from the depths of the abyss, all seem, to the excited&#13;
imagination of the gazer, like the natural effects of impending ruin,&#13;
desperate resolution, and fearful agony, on the minds and frames of&#13;
mortals.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                             SARATOGA LAKE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>A singular feature of American scenery is the great number and beauty of&#13;
its small fresh-water lakes, from one mile to twenty in circumference,&#13;
fed universally by subjacent and living springs, with outlet rivers&#13;
which carry off all that is superfluous, and with shores always richly&#13;
fringed with foliage, and oftenest hilly and picturesque. They lie in&#13;
the midst of the wild forests, like silver mirrors, tranquil and lovely,&#13;
mingling a refinement and an elegance with the bold character of the&#13;
scenery, which contrasts, like Una, with the couchant Lion. Most of them&#13;
are feeders to the great lakes and rivers. There are counted fifteen&#13;
which send their waters into Lake Ontario, from the side of New York&#13;
alone,—a fact which gives a fair idea of their numbers, while it shows&#13;
the resources, so difficult to conceive, of those vast plains of water.</p><p>Saratoga Lake must depend for celebrity on the campaigns of General&#13;
Burgoyne, and its fish dinners. Of the first, the history has been&#13;
written and read. Of the last, the traditions are oral; but while&#13;
appetite returns, and trout venture to the angler’s hook, the memory&#13;
will be renewed. The Springs are distant only three miles; and hither&#13;
drive the more luxurious visitors of Saratoga, to dine in&#13;
parties,—those coming early who prefer sympathy with the catastrophe of&#13;
the fish, and broiling themselves, during the morning, in a&#13;
flat-bottomed boat among the trout-catchers.</p><p>There was a gay party on this lake some six or eight years since,&#13;
fishing and airing their wit, under the auspices of a belle of some fame&#13;
and authority. The boat had been pulled into water of five or six feet&#13;
depth, on the eastern side, and the ladies sat at the ends of their&#13;
rods, about forty yards from the shore, watching their floats, which lay&#13;
on the surface of the glassy water like sleeping flies, but, as the old&#13;
fisherman in the bow could have told them, laughing loud enough to&#13;
fright even the eels from their appetites. After several hours’ bobbing,&#13;
without bite or nibble, the belle above mentioned discovered that her&#13;
hook was caught at the bottom. She rose in the stern, to draw it up more&#13;
easily, and, all the party leaning over at the same time, she lost her&#13;
balance, and, in falling overboard, upset the boat. For the first minute&#13;
it was a scene of some terror. The gentlemen were very near drowning the&#13;
ladies, and the ladies the gentlemen; but the old fisherman, a tall&#13;
fellow who knew the ground, and was just within his depth, quietly&#13;
walked about, picking them up one by one, and giving them a hold of the&#13;
inverted gunwale, and so pushed them safely to shore, suspended round&#13;
the boat, like herrings on a hoop. Nobody caught cold; other people had&#13;
caught fish; they dined merrily, and the principal actor in the scene&#13;
has since been known by the sobriquet of the _diving belle_.</p><p>There is an Indian superstition attached to this lake, which probably&#13;
had its source in its remarkable loneliness and tranquillity. The&#13;
Mohawks believed that its stillness was sacred to the Great Spirit, and&#13;
that, if a human voice uttered a sound upon its waters, the canoe of the&#13;
offender would instantly sink. A story is told of an Englishwoman, in&#13;
the early days of the first settlers, who had occasion to cross this&#13;
lake with a party of Indians, who, before embarking, warned her most&#13;
impressively of the spell. It was a silent, breathless day, and the&#13;
canoe shot over the smooth surface of the lake like a shadow. About a&#13;
mile from the shore, near the centre of the lake, the woman, willing to&#13;
convince the savages of the weakness of their superstition, uttered a&#13;
loud cry. The countenances of the Indians fell instantly to the deepest&#13;
gloom. After a moment’s pause, however, they redoubled their exertions,&#13;
and, in frowning silence, drove the light bark like an arrow over the&#13;
waters. They reached the shore in safety, and drew up the canoe, and the&#13;
woman rallied the chief on his credulity. “The Great Spirit is&#13;
merciful,” answered the scornful Mohawk; “He knows that a white woman&#13;
cannot hold her tongue.”</p><p>Saratoga Lake is eight miles in length, and a little over two miles&#13;
broad. It is about eight miles west of Hudson River, which receives its&#13;
outlet waters under the name of Fish Creek. The same stream, before its&#13;
entrance into the lake, is called by the sesquipedalian title of&#13;
Kayaderosseras River. With its pretty maiden name it loses its beauty,&#13;
and flows forth from its union with the lake, in a dull and murky&#13;
stream, and so drops sluggishly into the Hudson. Ah! many an edifying&#13;
homily has been read from a blinder text.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                    THE COLONNADE OF CONGRESS HALL.&#13;
                          (SARATOGA SPRINGS.)</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Congress Hall has for many years held the palm of fashion among the&#13;
rival Hotels of Saratoga. It is an immense wooden caravanserai, with no&#13;
pretensions to architecture beyond what is seen in the drawing, and&#13;
built with the sole view of affording the average accommodations of&#13;
packed herrings to an indefinite number of persons. The roominess and&#13;
liberal proportions of the Colonnade are one of those lies of&#13;
architecture common to the hotels of this country. The traveller passes&#13;
from the magnificent promise of the outside, to a chamber ten feet by&#13;
four, situated in a remote gallery, visited once a day by the “boots”&#13;
and chambermaid. His bed, chair, and wash-stand, resemble those articles&#13;
as seen in penitentiaries; and if he chance to be ill at night, he might&#13;
die like a Pagan, “without bell or candle.” The arrangements of the&#13;
house are, of necessity, entirely gregarious. A bell rings at half-past&#13;
seven in the morning, at which every body who intends to breakfast,&#13;
_must_ get up; another bell at eight, to the call of which, if he&#13;
prefers hot omelette to cold, he must be punctual. Dinner and tea exact&#13;
the same promptitude; and the latter, which in other countries is a&#13;
thing of no circumstance or importance, becomes, where you dine at two,&#13;
a meal not willingly missed. “Tea” is at six or half past, and consists&#13;
of cold meats, hot rolls, Indian cakes, all other kinds of cakes, all&#13;
kinds of berries, pies, sweetmeats, and jellies, coffee and tea. This is&#13;
not a matter to be slighted after a fast of four hours; and home hurry&#13;
beaux and belles from their abbreviated drives, with a loss of sentiment&#13;
and sunset, and with profit to the keepers of stables, who let their&#13;
horses “by the afternoon.”</p><p>After tea, the gentlemen who dressed for dinner and “undressed” for&#13;
their drive, dress once more for the evening, and the spacious Colonnade&#13;
is thronged with the five hundred guests of the house, who pace to and&#13;
fro for an hour, or, if it is a ball night, till the black band have&#13;
made an orchestra of the tables in the dining-room, and struck up “Hail,&#13;
Columbia!” A hoop, bound with evergreens, and stuck full of candles,&#13;
hangs in the centre of the hall (_ci-devant_ dining-room); an audience&#13;
of all the negroes in the establishment sweetens the breath of heaven as&#13;
it steals in at the windows; and, as the triumphant music returns a&#13;
second time to the refrain, the lady Patroness enters on the arm of the&#13;
gentleman who has the most stock in the Bank, followed in couples by all&#13;
the gentlemen and ladies who intend to dance or play wall-flower. The&#13;
black musicians “vex their instruments,” and keep time with their heads&#13;
and heels, as if all their extremities had been hired; the beaux who&#13;
were interrupted in their declarations by the last _chassé_, (if they&#13;
wish to go on with it,) lead out their partners to take the air and a&#13;
cold,—perhaps a heart,—on the Colonnade; and at eleven, champagne goes&#13;
round for the ladies, and the gentlemen take “summat to drink” at “the&#13;
bar;” after which the candles burn brighter, and every body is much more&#13;
agreeable.</p><p>Congress Hall is built very near the principal Spring, which lies in the&#13;
westerly edge of a swamp. It was first discovered by the tracks of the&#13;
deer, who frequented it so much as to wear paths to it from the&#13;
surrounding woods. The mineral water is highly medicinal, and is not&#13;
unpleasant to the taste. It formerly rose in the bed of a small brook,&#13;
but it is now hid under the floor of an open colonnade, and discharges&#13;
nearly a gallon a minute. The disengaged gas breaks through in limpid&#13;
globules, giving to the surface the appearance of an active simmer.&#13;
Here, before breakfast, creep the few who come to Saratoga for health;&#13;
and here, before dinner, saunter those who are in need of a walk, or who&#13;
wish a tonic for the coming meal. A busy varlet, with a capital of a&#13;
hooked stick and two tin tumblers, drives a thriving trade here, fishing&#13;
up the sparkling waters at a cent a glass, for all comers. When the&#13;
gentleman has swallowed his muriate and four carbonates[1] in proper&#13;
quantity, a smooth serpentine walk leads to the summit of a prettily&#13;
wooded hill, where he may either grind himself round a circular&#13;
rail-road in a self-moving chair, or ramble off to the shade, for a&#13;
little meditation.</p><p>-----</p><p>[1] The analysis of a gallon of Congress water is thus stated:—</p><p>Muriate of soda       471.600 grains.&#13;
                  Carbonate of lime     178.474    —&#13;
                  Carbonate of soda      16.500    —&#13;
                  Carbonate of magnesia   3.356    —&#13;
                  Carbonate of iron       6.168    —&#13;
                                           ————&#13;
                  Total                 676.000    —</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                                ALBANY.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Albany is the second city in the State of New York, in population,&#13;
wealth, and commerce. It stands on the west bank of the Hudson, and&#13;
about one hundred and forty-five miles from New York by the river, and&#13;
near the head of sloop navigation. It is built just over the pitch of an&#13;
extensive plain, lying between the Mohawk and the Hudson, and has very&#13;
much the look of a city sliding down hill.</p><p>The history of Albany is not very definite, touching its first&#13;
settlement. The probability seems, that, in 1614, the Dutch erected a&#13;
fort and trading-house on an island just below the city; and also, in&#13;
nine years after, a fort, which they called Fort Orange, on the present&#13;
site. It would appear to have been canonically christened, and has been&#13;
called at different periods Auralia, Beverwyck, and Williamstadt. “All&#13;
this time,” says the historian, “it was known also by the name of ‘_The&#13;
Fuyck_.’” The Indian appellation in which it rejoiced was&#13;
Schaunaugh-ta-da, or _Once the pine plains_.</p><p>Albany is the residence of several of the oldest and wealthiest families&#13;
in the State; but except this, it is a mere centre of transit—the&#13;
channel through which passes the vast tide of commerce and travel to the&#13;
north and west. The Erie and Champlain canals here meet the Hudson; and&#13;
that which is passed up by this long arm from the sea, is handed over to&#13;
the great lakes by the other two,—as if old Enceladus had been turned&#13;
into a “worky,” and stood with his long arms between salt water and&#13;
fresh.</p><p>The association most people have with Albany, is that of having lost a&#13;
portmanteau there. The north-river steam-boats land you with from three&#13;
to seven hundred passengers upon a narrow pier, in the dusk of the&#13;
evening, where you find from three to seven hundred individuals (more or&#13;
less), each of whom seems to have no other object in life, than to&#13;
persuade you, at that particular instant, to go by a certain conveyance,&#13;
or to stop at a certain hotel. Upon setting your foot on shore, you find&#13;
yourself among five or six infuriated gentlemen, two or three of whom&#13;
walk backward before you, and all talking at the pitch which is&#13;
necessary to drown the deepening hiss of the escape-valve and each&#13;
other’s voices. If you attempt to reason, you have no sooner satisfied&#13;
the aforesaid six, that your route, your baggage, and your choice of an&#13;
hotel, are matters in which they cannot be of the slightest assistance&#13;
to you, than six more take their places, who must be satisfied as well;&#13;
and so on in the same order. If you resolutely shut your lips, silence&#13;
is taken for consent; your baggage is seized, and disappears before you&#13;
have recovered from your amazement; and your only course is to follow&#13;
the most importunate of your remaining five persecutors to an hotel;&#13;
advertise in the next morning’s paper for your portmanteau; and wait in&#13;
Albany till it returns from Canada or Lake Erie, or till you are&#13;
reconciled to its loss.</p><p>One of the most amusing scenes in the world, if it were not so&#13;
distressing, is to see a large family of rather respectable emigrants&#13;
landed by the steamer in Albany. It is their first step inland; and with&#13;
all the confidence of those who are accustomed to countries where a&#13;
man’s person and property are outwardly respected, they yield their&#13;
children and baggage to the persuasive gentlemen who assure them that&#13;
all is right; and if a passing wonder crosses the mind of the sufferer,&#13;
that his route should be so immediately comprehended by a perfect&#13;
stranger, it is chased away the next moment by his surprise at the scene&#13;
of bustle and confusion. At the end of five minutes the crowd thins a&#13;
little, and he looks about for his family and effects. A stage coach is&#13;
dashing off at top-speed in one direction, with his eldest daughter&#13;
stretching out of the window, and crying in vain that there is some&#13;
mistake; his two youngest are on board a steam-boat just off from the&#13;
pier, and bound eight miles further up the river: the respectable part&#13;
of his baggage has entirely disappeared; and nothing but his decrepit&#13;
grandmother and the paternal bedstead (both indebted for their escape to&#13;
being deaf, and not portable,) remain of his family and chattels. For&#13;
his comfort, the gentry around inform him that his children may be got&#13;
back in a day or two, and he may find his baggage somewhere on his route&#13;
to the west—offering, for a consideration not very trifling, to send&#13;
off an express for either one or the other.</p><p>Albany is the seat of government, and has a State House, of which the&#13;
historian of New York remarks: “In the structure of this edifice, the&#13;
rules of architecture, whether Egyptian, Hindoo, Chinese, Grecian,&#13;
Roman, Saracenic, Gothic, or Composite, have been violated.” Lately,&#13;
however, a taste for a better style of architecture seems to prevail;&#13;
and in North Pearl-street we lately noticed a façade (we think, of a new&#13;
church,) in a very pure and beautiful style. The private houses of&#13;
Albany are built, many of them, very expensively; and the city is&#13;
remarkable for its hospitality.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                 CROW NEST, FROM BULL HILL, WEST POINT.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>It is true of the Hudson, as of all other rivers, that, to be seen to&#13;
advantage, it should form the middle, not the foreground of the picture.&#13;
Those who go to Albany by steam have something the same idea of the&#13;
scenery of West Point, that an inside passenger may have of the effect&#13;
of the Brighton coach at top-speed. It is astonishing how much&#13;
foreground goes for in landscape; and there are few passes of scenery&#13;
where it is more naturally beautiful than those of the Hudson. In the&#13;
accompanying drawing, the picturesque neighbourhood of Undercliff, the&#13;
seat of Colonel Morris, lies between the river and the artist, and&#13;
directly opposite stands the peak of Crow Nest, mentioned in the&#13;
description of West Point.</p><p>Crow Nest is one of the most beautiful mountains of America for shape,&#13;
verdure, and position; and when the water is unruffled, and the moon&#13;
sits on his summit, he looks like a monarch crowned with a single pearl.&#13;
This is the scene of the first piece-work of fancy which has come from&#13;
the practical brain of America,—the poem of The Culprit Fay. The&#13;
opening is so descriptive of the spot, that it is quite in place here;&#13;
and to those who have not seen the poem (as most European readers have&#13;
not) it will convey an idea of a production which, in my opinion, treads&#13;
close on the heels of the Midsummer Night’s Dream:—</p><p>“’Tis the middle watch of a summer’s night,—&#13;
          The earth is dark, but the heavens are bright;&#13;
          Nought is seen in the vault on high,&#13;
          But the moon, and the stars, and the cloudless sky,&#13;
          And the flood which rolls its milky hue,—&#13;
          A river of light on the welkin blue.&#13;
          The moon looks down on old Crow Nest,&#13;
          She mellows the shades on his shaggy breast&#13;
          And seems his huge grey form to throw&#13;
          In a silver cone on the wave below;&#13;
          His sides are broken by spots of shade,&#13;
          By the walnut boughs and the cedar made,&#13;
          And through their clustering branches dark&#13;
          Glimmers and dies the firefly’s spark,—&#13;
          Like starry twinkles that momently break&#13;
          Through the rifts of the gathering tempest rack.</p><p>The stars are on the moving stream,&#13;
            And fling, as its ripples gently flow,&#13;
            A burnish’d length of wavy beam,&#13;
            In an eel-like, spiral line below.&#13;
            The winds are whist, and the owl is still,&#13;
            The bat in the shelvy rock is hid;&#13;
            And nought is heard on the lonely hill&#13;
            But the cricket’s chirp and the answer shrill&#13;
              Of the gauze-wing’d raty-did;&#13;
            And the plaints of the mourning whip-poor-will,&#13;
            Who mourns unseen, and ceaseless sings&#13;
            Ever a note of wail and wo,&#13;
            Till morning spreads her rosy wings,&#13;
            And earth and skies in her glances glow.</p><p>’Tis the hour of fairy ban and spell:&#13;
          The wood-tick has kept the minutes well;&#13;
          He has counted them all with click and stroke&#13;
          Deep in the heart of the mountain-oak;&#13;
          And he has awakened the sentry-elve,&#13;
          Who sleeps with him in the haunted tree,&#13;
          To bid him ring the hour of twelve,&#13;
          And call the fays to their revelry.</p><p>*    *    *    *    *    *    *    *    *    *</p><p>They come from beds of lichen green,&#13;
            They creep from the mullen’s velvet screen;&#13;
            Some on the backs of beetles fly&#13;
            From the silver tops of moon-touch’d trees,&#13;
            Where they swing in their cob-web hammocks high,&#13;
            And rock’d about in the evening breeze;&#13;
            Some from the hum-bird’s downy nest,&#13;
            They had driven him out by elfin power,&#13;
            And pillow’d on plumes of his rainbow breast,&#13;
            Had slumber’d there till the charmed hour;&#13;
            Some had lain in a scarp of the rock,&#13;
            With glittering rising-stars inlaid,&#13;
            And some had open’d the four-o’clock,&#13;
            And stolen within its purple shade:&#13;
            And now they throng the moonlight glade,&#13;
            Above—below—on every side,&#13;
            Their little minion forms arrayed&#13;
            In the tricksy pomp of fairy pride.’</p><p>The general assembly of the fairies is at last complete, and they&#13;
proceed to the trial of the culprit fay, who has extinguished his elfin&#13;
lamp and paralyzed his wings by a love for a mortal maid. He is&#13;
condemned to penances, which are most exquisitely described, and&#13;
constitute the greater part of the poem; and he finally expiates his&#13;
sins, and is forgiven. There is a fineness of description, and a&#13;
knowledge of the peculiarities of American nature, in birds, fishes,&#13;
flowers, and the phenomena of this particular region, which constitute&#13;
this little poem a book of valuable information as well as an exquisite&#13;
work of fancy.</p><p>Just under Crow Nest, buried in the heavy leaves of a ravine, springs a&#13;
waterfall like a Naiad from the depths of the forest, and plunges down&#13;
into the river. The rambles in and about its neighbourhood are cool and&#13;
retired; and it is a favourite place for lovers from New York, who run&#13;
up in the steamer in three hours, and find the honeymoon goes swimmingly&#13;
off there,—the excellent hotel within half a mile supplying the _real_,&#13;
without which the _ideal_ is found to be very trumpery. The marble tomb&#13;
of a cadet, who was killed by the bursting of a gun, forms a picturesque&#13;
object, and gives a story to the spot.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                         VIEW BELOW TABLE ROCK.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The interest of the view under this impending cliff is somewhat&#13;
heightened by the probability that it will fall into the abyss sometime&#13;
within the next six months. Since the fall of the most projecting part&#13;
of it, two or three winters since, a large and very deep crack has&#13;
widened around the remaining area of the platform above, and it is&#13;
thought that it will scarce survive the next frost. At present, spite of&#13;
the threat, troops of ladies and gentlemen crowd its broad summit at all&#13;
hours, walking, drawing, gazing, and philandering, in the fullest&#13;
confidence that rocks have bases. And so it will go on, probably, till&#13;
the “one (thunder) too many” hammers through its crack of doom.</p><p>The path leading behind the sheet of Horse Shoe Fall, runs close under&#13;
the cliff of Table Rock; and between the spray and the small rivulets&#13;
that trickle over the sharp edge, or find their way out of the numerous&#13;
crevices on the face of the precipice, it is as wet as the lawn blessed&#13;
with “perpetual rain” by the Witch of Atlas. We were of a considerable&#13;
party that visited this Naiad’s palace in the close of the last summer.&#13;
A small shanty stands at the head of the staircase, kept by a very civil&#13;
Englishman, who, with the assistance of his daughter and two sons, keeps&#13;
a reading-room and registry, vends curious walking-sticks cut at&#13;
Niagara, minerals, spars, and stuffed scorpions, besides officiating as&#13;
guide under the Falls, and selling brandy and water to those who survive&#13;
the expedition.</p><p>The ladies of the party were taken into a small apartment to change&#13;
their dresses preparatory to their descent; and the two smart lads of&#13;
our conductor soon metamorphosed their cavaliers into as brigand-looking&#13;
a set of tatterdemallions as could be found in the Abruzzi. Rough duck&#13;
trowsers, long jackets of green painted cloth, oil-skin hats, and&#13;
flannel shirts,—the whole turn-out very much like the clothes of the&#13;
drowned exhibited for recognition at the Moague in Paris,—constituted&#13;
our habiliments. The difference of the female costume consisted in the&#13;
substitution of a coarse petticoat for the trowsers, and a string tied&#13;
over the broad-brimmed hat;—and, flattery aside, our friends would have&#13;
looked at home in Billingsgate. Quite the most formidable part of the&#13;
expedition, to them, was passing in review before some twenty curious&#13;
persons collected on the way.</p><p>The guide went before, and we followed close under the cliff. A cold&#13;
clammy wind blew strong in our faces from the moment we left the shelter&#13;
of the staircase; and a few steps brought us into a pelting, fine rain,&#13;
that penetrated every opening of our dresses, and made our foothold very&#13;
slippery and difficult. We were not yet near the sheet of water we were&#13;
to walk through; but one or two of the party gave out and returned,&#13;
declaring it was impossible to breathe; and the rest, imitating the&#13;
guide, bent nearly double to keep the beating spray from their nostrils,&#13;
and pushed on, with enough to do to keep sight of his heels. We arrived&#13;
near the difficult point of our progress; and in the midst of a&#13;
confusion of blinding gusts, half deafened, and more than half drowned,&#13;
the guide stopped to give us a hold of his skirts and a little counsel.&#13;
All that could be heard amid the thunder of the cataract beside us was&#13;
an injunction to push on when it got to the worst, as it was shorter to&#13;
get beyond the sheet than to go back; and with this pleasant statement&#13;
of our dilemma, we faced about with the longest breath we could draw,&#13;
and encountered the enemy. It may be supposed that every person who has&#13;
been draped through the column of water which obstructs the entrance to&#13;
the cavern behind this cataract, has a very tolerable idea of the pains&#13;
of drowning. What is wanting in the density of the element is more than&#13;
made up by the force of the contending winds, which rush into the mouth,&#13;
eyes, and nostrils, as if flying from a water-fiend. The “courage of&#13;
worse behind” alone persuades the gasping sufferer to take one desperate&#13;
step more.</p><p>It is difficult enough to breathe within; but with a little self-control&#13;
and management, the nostrils may be guarded from the watery particles in&#13;
the atmosphere, and then an impression is made upon the mind by the&#13;
extraordinary pavilion above and around, which never loses its&#13;
vividness. The natural bend of the falling cataract, and the backward&#13;
shelve of the precipice, form an immense area like the interior of a&#13;
tent, but so pervaded by discharges of mist and spray, that it is&#13;
impossible to see far inward. Outward the light struggles brokenly&#13;
through the crystal wall of the cataract; and when the sun shines&#13;
directly on its face, it is a scene of unimaginable glory. The footing&#13;
is rather unsteadfast, a small shelf composed of loose and slippery&#13;
stones; and the abyss below boils like—it is difficult to find a&#13;
comparison. On the whole, this undertaking is rather pleasanter to&#13;
remember than to achieve.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                           LAKE WINIPISEOGEE,&#13;
                  (THE BEAUTIFUL LAKE OF THE INDIANS,)&#13;
                             NEW HAMPSHIRE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The Indian fights of the celebrated Captain Lovewell, which took place&#13;
near the borders of this lake, were not the only feats of courage the&#13;
early inhabitants of this part of the country were called upon to&#13;
display. Bears, wolves, and catamounts, were enemies as constantly found&#13;
in their path as the unfriendly Indian, and were almost as dangerous.&#13;
The descriptions contained in the grave historical records of the State,&#13;
of encounters, with bears more particularly, are sometimes sufficiently&#13;
amusing; and, indeed, whatever the peril to the man, there is a&#13;
conventional drollery about the bear which throws a spice of fun into&#13;
all his contests with mankind. This animal, in the early days of New&#13;
Hampshire, often destroyed the husbandman’s hopes by his depredations on&#13;
the green maize, of the milky ear of which he is especially fond. Sweet&#13;
fruits, honey, and other simple but “_toothsome_” productions of the&#13;
orchard and farm, suited bruin equally well, and he had never recourse&#13;
to animal food while these were to be procured. The kind of bear most&#13;
mischievous in this way was the small American bear, with a long and&#13;
pointed nose, remarkable for his alertness in ascending and descending&#13;
trees. They were often found in hollow trunks, and in clefts of rocks,&#13;
and were considered delicious meat by the hunters. Among the adventures&#13;
with this class of their enemies recorded of the first settlers of the&#13;
State, is an encounter of a Mr. Annis with a bear.</p><p>“One day, late in March,” says the narrator, “the snow being deep, he&#13;
mounted his snow-shoes, and in company with Abner Watkins and their&#13;
dogs, set off towards the Mink Hills for a hunt, armed with an axe and&#13;
gun. In the neighbourhood of the hills, the dogs were perceived to be&#13;
very much excited with something in a ledge of rocks. Annis left his&#13;
companion, Watkins, and ascended a crag twenty or thirty feet to where&#13;
the dogs were, having no other weapon with him but his staff, which was&#13;
pointed with iron. After exploring a little, he concluded there was no&#13;
game there of more consequence than a hedge-hog or some other small&#13;
animal, and being fatigued laid down in the snow on his back to rest,&#13;
reclining his head upon the place he had been examining; he had but just&#13;
laid down when he heard a snuffling under his ear; he started up, and&#13;
turning round, found an old bear pressing her head up through the old&#13;
leaves and snow which filled the mouth of her den; he thrust his&#13;
spear-pointed staff at the bear’s briskets, and thus held the bear which&#13;
was pressing towards him at his staff’s length distance, and called to&#13;
his companion Watkins to come up with the axe and kill the bear, which,&#13;
after some little time, was effected. After the action was over, Annis&#13;
complained of Watkins’ dilatoriness, but Watkins excused himself by&#13;
saying he could not get his gun off, that he had snapt, snapt, snapt&#13;
several times. Where did you take sight? said Annis, knowing that he was&#13;
directly between him and the bear; _I took sight between your legs_,&#13;
said Watkins.”</p><p>Many years ago a cub bear was caught by a stout lad near the borders of&#13;
Lake Winipiseogee, carried into town, and after proper drilling, became&#13;
the playfellow of the boys of the village, and often accompanied them to&#13;
the school-house. After passing a few months in civilized society, he&#13;
made his escape to the woods, and after a few years was almost&#13;
forgotten. The school-house meantime had fallen from the schoolmaster’s&#13;
to the schoolmistress’s hands, and in the room of large boys and girls&#13;
learning to write and cipher, small boys and girls were taught in the&#13;
same place knitting and spelling. One winter’s day, after a mild fall of&#13;
snow, the door had been left ajar by some urchin going out, when to the&#13;
unutterable horror of the spectacled dame and her fourscore hopeful&#13;
abecedarians, an enormous bear walked in, in the most familiar manner in&#13;
the world, and took a seat by the fire. Huddling over the benches with&#13;
what expedition they might, the children crowded about their&#13;
schoolmistress, who had fled to the farthest corner of the room, and&#13;
stood crying and pushing to escape the horror of being eaten first. The&#13;
bear sat snuffing and warming himself by the fire, however, exhibiting&#13;
great signs of satisfaction, but deferring his meal till he had warmed&#13;
himself thoroughly. The screams of the children continued, but the&#13;
school-house was far from any other habitation, and the bear did not&#13;
seem at all embarrassed by the outcry. After sitting and turning himself&#13;
about for some time, Bruin got up on his hind legs, and shoving to the&#13;
door, began to take down, one by one, the hats, bonnets, and satchels,&#13;
that hung on several rows of pegs behind it. His memory had not deceived&#13;
him, for they contained, as of old, the children’s dinners, and he had&#13;
arrived before the recess. Having satisfied himself with their cheese,&#13;
bread, pies, dough-nuts, and apples, Bruin smelt a little at the&#13;
mistress’s desk, but finding it locked, gave himself a shake of&#13;
resignation, opened the door and disappeared. The alarm was given, and&#13;
the amiable creature was pursued and killed,—very much to the regret of&#13;
the townspeople, when it was discovered by some marks on his body that&#13;
it was their old friend and playfellow.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                         KOSCIUSKO’S MONUMENT.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>A pretty marble shaft stands on the edge of the broad highland esplanade&#13;
of West Point, overlooking the most beautiful scene on the most&#13;
beautiful river of our country. It commemorates the virtues of&#13;
Kosciusko, who, during his second sojourn in America, lived at West&#13;
Point, and cultivated his little garden, near the site of this tribute&#13;
to his memory. Kosciusko’s first laurels were gained in this country&#13;
under Washington. He was educated in the military school at Warsaw,&#13;
whence he was sent, as one of four, to complete his education at Paris.&#13;
On his return to Poland, he had a commission given him, but, being&#13;
refused promotion, he determined to come to America, and join the&#13;
colonies in their struggle for independence. With letters from Dr.&#13;
Franklin to General Washington, he presented himself to the great&#13;
patriot, and was immediately appointed his aid-de-camp, and later he&#13;
received the appointment to the engineers, with the rank of colonel. At&#13;
the close of the war, having distinguished himself by his courage and&#13;
skill, he returned to Poland, was appointed major-general in the army of&#13;
the diet, and served as general of division under the younger&#13;
Poniatowski. Finding, however, his efforts for freedom paralysed by the&#13;
weakness or treachery of others, he gave in his resignation, and went&#13;
into retirement at Leipsic. He was still there in 1793, when the Polish&#13;
army and people gave signs of being in readiness for insurrection. All&#13;
eyes were turned towards Kosciusko, who was at once chosen for their&#13;
leader, and messengers were sent to him from Warsaw to acquaint him with&#13;
the schemes and wishes of his compatriots. In compliance with the&#13;
invitation, he proceeded towards the frontiers of Poland; but&#13;
apprehensive of compromising the safety of those with whom he acted, he&#13;
was about to defer his enterprise, and set off for Italy. He was&#13;
fortunately persuaded to return, and, arriving at Cracow at the very&#13;
time when the Polish garrison had expelled the Russian troops, he was&#13;
chosen generalissimo, with all the power of a Roman dictator. He&#13;
immediately published an act, authorizing insurrection against the&#13;
foreign authorities, and proceeded to support Colonel Madalinski, who&#13;
was pursued by the Russians. Having joined that officer, they gained&#13;
their first victory, defeating the enemy with inferior numbers. His army&#13;
now increased to nine thousand men, the insurrection extended to Warsaw,&#13;
and in a few days the Russians were driven from that palatinate. He&#13;
obtained some advantage over the enemy in one more contest, but the king&#13;
of Prussia arriving to the assistance of the Russians, he was exposed to&#13;
great personal danger, and suffered a defeat. From this period he waged&#13;
a disadvantageous warfare against superior force, and at last at&#13;
Maczienice (or Maniejornice), fifty miles from Warsaw, an overwhelming&#13;
Russian force completely defeated Kosciusko. He fell from his horse&#13;
wounded, saying _Finis Poloniæ_, and was made prisoner.</p><p>Kosciusko was sent to Russia, and confined in a fortress near St.&#13;
Petersburgh, where he was kept till the accession of Paul I. This&#13;
monarch, through real or affected admiration for the character of the&#13;
great man, released him, and presented him with his sword: “_I have no&#13;
longer occasion for a sword, since I have no longer a country_,”&#13;
answered Kosciusko.</p><p>In 1797 he once more took his departure for the United States, where he&#13;
was received with honour and warm welcome by the grateful people whose&#13;
liberty he had aided to achieve. He was granted a pension by the&#13;
government, and elected to the society of the Cincinnati. He returned to&#13;
Europe the following year, bought an estate near Fontainebleau, and&#13;
lived there till 1814. He removed again to Switzerland, and established&#13;
himself at Soleure, where he died, in consequence of a fall with his&#13;
horse over a precipice near Vevay. Among the last acts of his life, were&#13;
the emancipation of the slaves on his own estate in Poland, and a&#13;
bequest for the emancipation and education of slaves in Virginia.</p><p>Kosciusko was never married. His body was removed to Cracow, and&#13;
deposited with great state in the tomb of the kings beneath the&#13;
cathedral. The oldest officers were his bearers; two beautiful young&#13;
girls with wreathes of oak leaves and cypress followed, and then came a&#13;
long procession of the general staff, senate, clergy, and people. Count&#13;
Wodsiki delivered a funeral oration on the hill of Wavel, and a prelate&#13;
delivered an eloquent address in the church. The senate decreed that a&#13;
lofty mound should be erected on the heights of Bronislawad. For three&#13;
years men of every age and class toiled gratuitously at this work, and&#13;
at last the _Mogila Kosziuszki_, the mound of Kosciusko, was raised to&#13;
the height of 3000 feet! A serpentine path leads to the top, from which&#13;
there is a noble view of the Vistula, and of the ancient city of the&#13;
Polish kings. The small monument at West Point has less pretension, but&#13;
it is the exponent of as deep a debt of gratitude, and of as grateful&#13;
and universal honour to his memory.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                      HORSESHOE FALLS, AT NIAGARA.&#13;
                        (SEEN FROM GOAT ISLAND.)</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Niagara is the outlet of several bodies of water, covering, it is&#13;
estimated, 150,000 square miles! Dr. Dwight considers the Falls as part&#13;
of the St. Lawrence, following that river back to the sources near the&#13;
Mississippi; and, doing away with the intermediate names of St. Marie,&#13;
Detroit, St. Clair, Iroquois, and Cataraqui, he traces its course&#13;
through the lakes Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario, as the Rhone is&#13;
followed through the Lake of Geneva, and the Rhine through Lake&#13;
Constance. In this view the St. Lawrence is doubtless the first river in&#13;
the world. It meets the tide of the sea four hundred miles from its&#13;
mouth, which is ninety-five miles broad; and to this height fleets of&#13;
men of war may ascend and find ample room for an engagement. Merchantmen&#13;
of all sizes go up to Montreal, which is six hundred miles from the sea;&#13;
and its navigation for three thousand miles is only interrupted in three&#13;
places,—Niagara Falls, the rapids of the Iroquois, and the part called&#13;
the river St. Marie. The St. Marie is navigable for boats, though not&#13;
for larger vessels; a portage of ten miles (soon to be superseded by a&#13;
ship canal) conveys merchandise around the Falls of Niagara, and the&#13;
rapids of the Iroquois present so slight a hinderance, that goods are&#13;
brought from Montreal to Queenston for nearly the same price as they&#13;
would pay by unobstructed navigation.</p><p>It is necessary to remember the extent of the waters which feed Niagara,&#13;
to conceive, when standing for an hour only on the projecting rocks, how&#13;
this almighty wonder can go on so long. Even then,—that these inland&#13;
seas lie above, tranquil and unexhausted, scarce varying their&#13;
high-water mark perceptibly, from year to year, yet supplying, for&#13;
_every_ hour, the “ninety millions of tons,” which, it is estimated,&#13;
plunge over the cataract,—it affords you a standard for the extent of&#13;
those lakes, to which the utmost stretch of the mind seems scarcely&#13;
competent.</p><p>The accompanying view from Goat Island is of course only partial, as the&#13;
American fall is entirely left out of the picture. The Horseshoe Falls,&#13;
as a single object, however, is unquestionably the sublimest thing in&#13;
nature. To know that the angle of the cataract, from the British shore&#13;
to the tower, is near half a mile in length; that it falls so many feet&#13;
with so many tons of water a minute; or even to see it, as here,&#13;
admirably represented by the pencil; conveys no idea to the reader of&#13;
the impression produced on the spectator. One of the most remarkable&#13;
things about Niagara is entirely lost in the drawing—its _motion_. The&#13;
visitor to Niagara should devote one day exclusively to the observation&#13;
of this astonishing feature. The broad flood glides out of Lake Erie&#13;
with a confiding tranquillity that seems to you, when you know its&#13;
impending destiny, like that of a human creature advancing irresistibly,&#13;
but unconsciously, to his death. He embraces the bright islands that&#13;
part his arms for a caress; takes into his bosom the calm tribute of the&#13;
Tonewanta and Unnekuqua—small streams that come drowsing through the&#13;
wilderness—and flows on, till he has left Lake Erie far behind, bathing&#13;
the curving sides of his green shores with a surface which only the&#13;
summer wind ruffles. The channel begins to descend; the still&#13;
unsuspecting waters fall back into curling eddies along the banks, but&#13;
the current in the centre flows smoothly still. Suddenly the powerful&#13;
stream is flung with accumulated swiftness among broken rocks; and, as&#13;
you watch it from below, it seems tossed with the first shock into the&#13;
very sky. It descends in foam, and from this moment its agony commences.&#13;
For three miles it tosses and resists, and, racked at every step by&#13;
sharper rocks and increased rapidity, its unwilling and choked waves fly&#13;
back, to be again precipitated onward, and at last reach the glossy&#13;
curve, convulsed with supernatural horror. They touch the emerald arch,&#13;
and in that instant, like the calm that follows the conviction of&#13;
inevitable doom, the agitation ceases,—the waters pause,—the foam and&#13;
resistance subside into a transparent stillness,—and slowly and&#13;
solemnly the vexed and tormented sufferer drops into the abyss. Every&#13;
spectator, every child, is struck with the singular deliberation, the&#13;
unnatural slowness, with which the waters of Niagara take their plunge.&#13;
The laws of gravitation seem suspended, and the sublimity of the&#13;
tremendous gulf below seems to check the descending victim on the verge,&#13;
as if it paused in awe.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                     THE NARROWS, AT STATEN ISLAND.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Almost any land looks beautiful after a long voyage; and it would not be&#13;
surprising if the Narrows, oftenest seen and described by those who have&#13;
just come off the passage of the Atlantic, should have this reputation.&#13;
It does not require an eye long deprived of verdure, however, to relish&#13;
the bold shores, the bright green banks, the clustering woods, and&#13;
tasteful villas, which make up the charms of this lovely strait.</p><p>Busier waters than the Narrows could scarcely be found; and it is&#13;
difficult to imagine, amid so much bustle and civilisation, the scene&#13;
that presented itself to Hendrick Hudson, when the little _Halve-Mane_&#13;
stole in on her voyage of discovery two hundred years ago. _Hoofden_, or&#13;
the Highlands, as he then named the hills in this neighbourhood, “were&#13;
covered with grass and wild-flowers, and the air was filled with&#13;
fragrance.” Groups of friendly natives, clothed in elk skins, stood on&#13;
the beach, singing, and offering him welcome, and, anchoring his little&#13;
bark, he explored with his boats the channel and inlets, and penetrated&#13;
to the mouth of the river which was destined to bear his name. It&#13;
appears, however, that the Indians on the Long Island side were less&#13;
friendly; and in one of the excursions into the Bay of Manhattan, his&#13;
boat was attacked by a party of twenty-nine savages of a ferocious&#13;
tribe, and an English sailor, named Colman, was killed by an arrow-shot&#13;
in the shoulder. Other unfriendly demonstrations from the same tribe,&#13;
induced Hudson to leave his anchorage at Sandy Hook, and he drew in to&#13;
the Bay of New York, which he found most safe and commodious, and where&#13;
he still continued his intercourse with the Indians of Staten Island,&#13;
receiving them on board his vessel, dressing them, to their extravagant&#13;
delight, in red coats, and purchasing from them fish and fruits in&#13;
abundance.</p><p>At this day there stands a villa on every picturesque point; a thriving&#13;
town lies on the left shore; hospitals and private sanitary&#13;
establishments extend their white edifices in the neighbourhood of the&#13;
quarantine-ground; and between the little fleets of merchantmen, lying&#13;
with the yellow flag at their peak, fly rapidly and skilfully a constant&#13;
succession of steam-boats, gaily painted and beautifully modelled,&#13;
bearing on their airy decks the population of one of the first cities of&#13;
the world. Yet of Manhattan Island, on which New York is built, Hudson&#13;
writes, only two hundred years ago, that “it was wild and rough; a thick&#13;
forest covered the parts where anything would grow; its beach was broken&#13;
and sandy, and full of inlets; its interior presented hills of stony and&#13;
sandy alluvion, masses of rock, ponds, swamps, and marshes.”</p><p>The gay description which an American would probably give of the&#13;
Narrows,—the first spot of his native land seen after a tedious&#13;
voyage,—would probably be in strong contrast with the impression it&#13;
produces on the emigrant, who sees in it only the scene of his first&#13;
difficult step in a land of exile. I remember noting this contrast with&#13;
some emotion, on board the packet-ship in which I was not long ago a&#13;
passenger from England. Among the crowd of emigrants in the steerage,&#13;
was the family of a respectable and well-educated man, who had failed as&#13;
a merchant in some small town in England, and was coming, with the wreck&#13;
of his fortune, to try the back-woods of America. He had a wife, and&#13;
eight or ten very fine children, the eldest of whom, a delicate and&#13;
pretty girl of eighteen, had contributed to sustain the family under&#13;
their misfortunes at home, by keeping a village school. The confinement&#13;
had been too much for her, and she was struck with consumption—a&#13;
disease which is peculiarly fatal in America. Soon after leaving the&#13;
British Channel, the physician on board reported her to the captain as&#13;
exceedingly ill, and suffering painfully from the close air of the&#13;
steerage; and by the general consent of the cabin passengers, a bed was&#13;
made up for her in the deck-house, where she received the kindest&#13;
attention from the ladies on board; and with her gentle manners and&#13;
grateful expressions of pleasure, soon made an interest in all hearts.&#13;
As we made the land, the air became very close and hot; and our patient,&#13;
perhaps from sympathy with the general excitement about her, grew&#13;
feverish and worse, hourly. Her father, and a younger sister, sat by&#13;
her, holding her hands and fanning her; and when we entered the Narrows&#13;
with a fair wind, and every one on board, forgetting her in their&#13;
admiration of the lovely scene, mounted to the upper deck, she was&#13;
raised to the window, and stood with the bright red spot deepening on&#13;
her cheek, watching the fresh green land without the slightest&#13;
expression of pleasure. We dropped anchor, the boats were lowered, and&#13;
as the steerage passengers were submitted to a quarantine, we attempted&#13;
to take leave of her before going on shore. A fit of the most passionate&#13;
tears, the paroxysms of which seemed almost to suffocate her, prevented&#13;
her replying to us; and we left that poor girl surrounded with her&#13;
weeping family, trying in vain to comfort her. Hers were feelings,&#13;
probably, which are often associated with a remembrance of the Narrows.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                   VIEW OF THE CAPITOL AT WASHINGTON.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>There are many favourable points of view for this fine structure,&#13;
standing, as it does, higher than the general level of the country.&#13;
Besides those presented in the different drawings in this work, there&#13;
are views from the distant eminences, which are particularly fine, in&#13;
which the broad bosom of the Potomac forms the back-ground. The effect&#13;
of the building is also remarkably imposing when the snow is on the&#13;
ground, and the whole structure, rising from a field of snow, with its&#13;
dazzling whiteness, looks like some admirable creation of the frost. All&#13;
architecture, however, is very much improved by the presence of a&#13;
multitude of people, and the Capitol looks its best on the day of&#13;
inauguration. The following description, written after viewing the&#13;
ceremony of Mr. Van Buren’s induction into office, will give an idea of&#13;
the effect of this solemnity on the architecture:—</p><p>“The sun shone out of heaven without a cloud on the inaugural morning.&#13;
The air was cold, but clear and life-giving, and the broad avenues of&#13;
Washington for once seemed not too large for the thronging population.&#13;
The crowds who had been pouring in from every direction for several days&#13;
before, ransacking the town for but a shelter from the night, were&#13;
apparent on the spacious side walks, and the old campaigners of the&#13;
winter seemed but a thin sprinkling among the thousands of new and&#13;
strange faces. The sun shone alike on the friends and opponents of the&#13;
new administration; and, as far as one might observe in a walk to the&#13;
Capitol, all were made cheerful alike by its brightness. It was another&#13;
augury, perhaps, and may foretell a more extended fusion under the light&#13;
of the luminary new-risen. In a whole day, passed in a crowd composed of&#13;
all classes and parties, I heard no remark that the president would have&#13;
been unwilling to hear.</p><p>“I was at the Capitol a half-hour before the procession arrived, and had&#13;
leisure to study a scene for which I was not at all prepared. The noble&#13;
staircase of the east front of the building leaps over three arches;&#13;
under one of which carriages pass to the basement door; and, as you&#13;
approach from the gate, the eye cuts the ascent at right angles, and the&#13;
sky, broken by a small spire at a short distance, is visible beneath.&#13;
Broad stairs occur at equal distances, with corresponding projections,&#13;
and from the upper platform rise the outer columns of the portico, with&#13;
ranges of columns three deep extending back to the pilasters. I had&#13;
often admired this front, with its many graceful columns and its superb&#13;
flight of stairs, as one of the finest things I had seen in the world.&#13;
Like the effect of the assembled population of Rome waiting to receive&#13;
the blessing before the front of St. Peter’s, however, the assembled&#13;
crowd on the steps and at the base of the Capitol, heightened&#13;
inconceivably the grandeur of the design. They were piled up like the&#13;
people on the temples of Babylon in one of Martin’s sublime&#13;
pictures—every projection covered, and an inexpressible soul and&#13;
character given by their presence to the architecture. Boys climbed&#13;
about the bases of the columns, single figures stood on the posts of the&#13;
surrounding railings in the boldest relief against the sky, and the&#13;
whole thing was exactly what Paul Veronese would have delighted to draw.</p><p>“I was in the crowd thronging the opposite side of the court, and lost&#13;
sight of the principal actors in this imposing drama till they returned&#13;
from the Senate Chamber. A temporary platform had been laid and railed&#13;
in on the broad stair which supports the portico, and, for all&#13;
preparation for one of the most important and most meaning and solemn&#13;
ceremonies on earth—for the inauguration of a chief magistrate over a&#13;
republic of fifteen millions of freemen—the whole addition to the open&#13;
air and the presence of the people, was a volume of Holy Writ. In&#13;
comparing the impressive simplicity of this consummation of the wishes&#13;
of a mighty people, with the ceremonial and hollow show which embarrass&#13;
a corresponding event in other lands, it was impossible not to feel that&#13;
the moral sublime was here—that a transaction so important, and of such&#13;
extended and weighty import, could borrow nothing from drapery or&#13;
decoration, and that the simple presence of the sacred volume,&#13;
consecrating the act, spoke more thrillingly to the heart than the&#13;
trumpets of a thousand heralds.</p><p>“The crowd of diplomatists and senators in the rear of the columns made&#13;
way, and the ex-President and Mr. Van Buren advanced with uncovered&#13;
heads. A murmur of feeling rose up from the moving mass below, and the&#13;
infirm old man, emerged from a sick chamber which his physician had&#13;
thought it impossible he should leave, bowed to the people, and, still&#13;
uncovered in the cold air, took his seat beneath the portico. Mr. Van&#13;
Buren then advanced, and with a voice remarkably distinct, and with&#13;
great dignity, read his address to the people.</p><p>“When the address was closed, the Chief Justice advanced and&#13;
administered the oath. As the book touched the lips of the new&#13;
President, there arose a general shout, an expression of feeling common&#13;
enough in other countries, but drawn with difficulty from an American&#13;
assemblage. The sons and immediate friends of Mr. Van Buren then closed&#13;
around him, the ex-President and others gave him the hand in&#13;
congratulation, and the ceremony was over.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                 VIEW OF THE RUINS OF FORT TICONDEROGA.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Three weeks before the first battle of the revolution at Lexington, an&#13;
emissary was sent to Canada by the Committee of Correspondence in&#13;
Boston, to ascertain the feelings of the people, and to make such&#13;
reports as his observations might suggest. His first advice was that&#13;
Ticonderoga should be seized as quickly as possible.</p><p>The “Green Mountain Boys” were at this time fresh from their resistance&#13;
to the _new grants_, and were immediately fixed upon as the best force&#13;
to achieve this object. The little army, already organized under the&#13;
famous Ethan Allen, assembled at Castleton, and the main body,&#13;
consisting of one hundred and forty men, marched directly to the shore&#13;
of the lake, opposite Ticonderoga. It was important to have a guide who&#13;
was acquainted with the ground around the fortress and the places of&#13;
access. Allen made inquiries as to these points of Mr. Beman, a farmer&#13;
residing near the lake, who answered that he seldom crossed the&#13;
Ticonderoga, and was little acquainted with the particulars of its&#13;
situation; but that his son, Nathan, a young lad, passed much of his&#13;
time there in company with the boys of the garrison.</p><p>The boy was called, and appeared by his answers to be familiar with&#13;
every nook in the fort, and every passage and by-path by which it could&#13;
be approached. In the eye of Allen, he was the very person to thread out&#13;
the best avenue; and by the consent of the father, and a little&#13;
persuasion, he was engaged to be the guide of the party.</p><p>The next step was to procure boats, which were very deficient in number.&#13;
Eighty-three men only had crossed when the day began to dawn; and while&#13;
the boats were sent back for the rear division, Allen resolved to move&#13;
immediately against the fort.</p><p>He drew up his men in three ranks, addressed them in a short harangue,&#13;
and, placing himself at the head of the centre file, led them silently,&#13;
but with a quick step, up the heights of the fortress. Before the sun&#13;
rose, he had entered the gate, and formed his men on the parade between&#13;
the barracks. As Allen passed the gate, a sentinel snapped his fusee at&#13;
him, and then retreated under a covered way. Another sentinel made a&#13;
thrust at an officer with his bayonet, and slightly wounded him, but&#13;
Allen cut him over the head with his sword, and he threw down his musket&#13;
and asked for quarter. Standing on the parade-ground they gave three&#13;
huzzas and aroused the sleepers. Allen inquired the way to the&#13;
commandant’s apartment, hastily ascended the stairs, and called out with&#13;
his stentorian voice at the door, ordering the astonished captain&#13;
instantly to appear. Startled at so strange and unexpected a summons, he&#13;
sprang from his bed and opened the door, when the first salutation of&#13;
his boisterous and unseasonable visitor was an order immediately to&#13;
surrender the fort. Rubbing his eyes, and trying to collect his&#13;
scattered senses, the Frenchman asked by what authority he presumed to&#13;
make such a demand. “In the name of the Great Jehovah and the&#13;
Continental Congress!” replied Allen.</p><p>Not accustomed to hear much of the Continental Congress in this remote&#13;
corner, nor to respect its authority when he did, the commandant began&#13;
to speak; but Allen cat shore the thread of his discourse by lifting his&#13;
sword over his head, and reiterating the demand for an instant&#13;
surrender. Having neither permission to argue, nor power to resist,&#13;
Captain De la Place submitted, ordering his men to parade without arms,&#13;
and the garrison was given up to the victors.</p><p>This surprise was effected about four o’clock in the morning on the 10th&#13;
of May. The remainder of the troops arrived after the fort was taken,&#13;
and the prisoners, consisting of a captain, a lieutenant, and&#13;
forty-eight subalterns and privates, were sent on to Hartford under an&#13;
escort.</p><p>As soon as the bustle was over, Allen sent off a detachment to take&#13;
Crown Point, a small fortress higher up the lake. Strong head winds&#13;
drove back the boats, and the party returned the same evening. The&#13;
attempt was renewed a day or two afterwards, and the garrison,&#13;
consisting of a serjeant and eleven men, were brought in prisoners.</p><p>The principal advantage of these captures, besides the possession of the&#13;
posts, was the acquisition, at Ticonderoga, of one hundred and twenty&#13;
pieces of cannon, some swivels, mortars, and small arms; and at Crown&#13;
Point, of sixty-one cannon and some small stores.</p><p>The Green Mountain Boys were at this time under sentence of outlawry&#13;
from the Provincial Government; but after the good service they had done&#13;
at Ticonderoga, they were formed into a separate regiment, and permitted&#13;
to nominate their own officers. Their services to the cause of&#13;
Independence are well known.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                         VIEW FROM FORT PUTNAM.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This fort, which commands the military position of West Point, and which&#13;
was considered so important during the revolutionary war, is now in&#13;
ruins, and is visited by all travellers for the superb view which it&#13;
affords of the sublime pass of the Highlands. This was the great key&#13;
which Arnold’s treachery intended to give into the hands of the English;&#13;
and, associated with the memory of the unfortunate André, and with other&#13;
painful events of the conspiracy, it possesses an interest which is&#13;
wanting to other objects of the same description in our country.</p><p>Washington’s visit of inspection to Fort Putnam, and the other redoubts&#13;
on this side the river, was made only two or three hours before his&#13;
discovery of the treason of Arnold, at that moment as he supposed in&#13;
command at West Point. The commander-in-chief was expected to arrive the&#13;
evening before, and had he done so, Arnold would probably never have&#13;
escaped. Having accidentally met the French minister, M. de Lucerne, at&#13;
Fishkill, however (eight miles above), he was induced to pass the night&#13;
there for the purpose of some conference, and set off early in the&#13;
morning on horseback, sending on a messenger to Mrs. Arnold that himself&#13;
and suite would be with her to breakfast. Arriving opposite West Point,&#13;
near a small redoubt called Fort Constitution, Washington turned his&#13;
horse from the road. Lafayette, who was then in his suite, called out,&#13;
“General, you are going in the wrong direction; you know Mrs. Arnold is&#13;
waiting breakfast for us.” “Ah,” answered Washington, “I know you young&#13;
men are all in love with Mrs. Arnold, and wish to get where she is as&#13;
soon as possible. Go and take your breakfast with her, and tell her not&#13;
to wait for me: I must ride down and examine the redoubts on this side&#13;
the river.” Two of the aides rode on, found breakfast waiting, and sat&#13;
down at once with General Arnold and his family. While they were at&#13;
table, a messenger came in with a letter for Arnold, which announced the&#13;
capture of André, and the failure and betrayal, of course, of the whole&#13;
conspiracy. Showing little or no emotion, though his life hung upon a&#13;
thread, he merely said to one of his aides that his presence was&#13;
required at West Point; and, leaving word for General Washington that he&#13;
was called over the river, but would return immediately, he ordered a&#13;
horse and sent for Mrs. Arnold to her chamber. He then informed her&#13;
abruptly that they must part, possibly for ever, and that his life&#13;
depended on his reaching the enemy’s lines without delay. Struck with&#13;
horror at this intelligence, she swooned and fell senseless. In that&#13;
state he left her, hurried down stairs, mounted a horse belonging to one&#13;
of his aides that stood saddled at the door, and rode with all speed to&#13;
the bank of the river. A boat with six men was in waiting; and,&#13;
pretending that he was going with a flag of truce, he pulled down the&#13;
stream, and arrived safe on board the Vulture sloop of war, lying some&#13;
miles below.</p><p>Having finished his inspection of the redoubt, Washington arrived at&#13;
Arnold’s house, received the message, and concluded to cross immediately&#13;
and meet Arnold at West Point. As the whole party were seated in the&#13;
barge moving smoothly over the water, with the majestic scenery of the&#13;
highlands about them, Washington said, “Well, gentlemen, I am glad, on&#13;
the whole, that General Arnold has gone before us, for we shall now have&#13;
a salute; and the roaring of the cannon will have a fine effect among&#13;
these mountains.” The boat drew near to the beach, but no cannon were&#13;
heard, and there was no appearance of preparation to receive them.&#13;
“What!” said Washington, “do they not intend to salute us!” At this&#13;
moment an officer was seen making his way down the hill to meet them,&#13;
who seemed confused at their arrival, and apologized for not being&#13;
prepared to receive such distinguished visitors. “How is this, Sir,”&#13;
said Washington, “is not General Arnold here?” “No, Sir,” replied the&#13;
officer, “he has not been here these two days, nor have I heard from him&#13;
within that time.” “This is extraordinary,” said Washington; “we were&#13;
told he had crossed the river, and that we should find him here.&#13;
However, our visit must not be in vain. Since we have come, we must look&#13;
round a little, and see in what state things are with you.” He then&#13;
ascended the hill, examined Fort Putnam and the other fortifications,&#13;
and returned to Arnold’s house, where the treason was at once revealed.&#13;
This had occupied two or three hours, however, and Arnold was beyond&#13;
pursuit. Washington retained his usual calmness, though Arnold was one&#13;
of his favourite officers, and had been placed at West Point by his own&#13;
personal influence with Congress. He called Lafayette and Knox, showed&#13;
them the proofs, and only said to the former, “Whom can we trust now!”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                     VIEW OF STATE STREET, BOSTON.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Boston is situated at the head of Massachusetts bay, on a peninsula&#13;
about four miles in circumference, and is about three miles in length,&#13;
and one mile and twenty-five rods, where widest, in breadth, and is&#13;
connected with the main land at the south end by a narrow isthmus,&#13;
called the Neck, leading to Roxbury. The town is built in an irregular&#13;
circular form round the harbour, which is studded with about forty small&#13;
islands, many of which afford excellent pasture; and are frequented in&#13;
summer by numerous parties of pleasure. The harbour is formed by Nahant&#13;
Point on the north, and Point Alderton on the south, and is so capacious&#13;
as to allow five hundred vessels to ride at anchor in a good depth of&#13;
water, while the entrance is so narrow as scarcely to admit two ships&#13;
abreast. The entrance is defended by Fort Independence, belonging to the&#13;
United States, on Castle Island, and by Fort Warren, on Governor’s&#13;
Island. There is another fort, called Fort Strong, on Noddle’s Island.</p><p>Alterations and additions have of late years greatly improved the&#13;
appearance of Boston. The streets, which were formerly almost without an&#13;
exception narrow and crooked, have been in a great degree rendered wide&#13;
and commodious; the old wooden structures have in the greater part of&#13;
the city been replaced by handsome buildings of stone or brick. In the&#13;
western part, particularly, there is much neatness and elegance. The&#13;
splendour of the private buildings here, is not equalled in any other&#13;
part of the Union.</p><p>The literary institutions of this city are of the first order. The&#13;
public libraries contain 70,000 volumes. The Boston Athenæum is the&#13;
finest establishment of its kind in the United States; its library&#13;
contains above 25,000 volumes, and a reading-room, in which the most&#13;
esteemed periodicals, from all parts of the world, may be found. If we&#13;
add to these the library of Harvard College, in the neighbourhood, of&#13;
40,000 volumes, making the number of books within the reach of the&#13;
citizens 110,000, it must be allowed that Boston offers to the scholar a&#13;
more advantageous residence than any other spot in the western world.</p><p>STATE STREET, called King Street in the days of Stamp-acts and “the&#13;
Regulars,” is the main artery of the heart of New England. The old State&#13;
House, which stands at the head of it, was called the Town House, and&#13;
was first erected in 1660. It is honourably mentioned in a book of&#13;
travels, written in a pleasant vein, by “John Josselyn, Gent.” who&#13;
visited the colonies in 1663. “There is also a Town House,” he says,&#13;
“built upon pillars, where the merchants may confer. In the chambers&#13;
above they hold their monthly courts. Here is the dwelling of the&#13;
Governor (Bellingham). On the south there is a small but pleasant&#13;
common, where the gallants, a little before sunset, walk with their&#13;
marmalet madams, as we do in Moorfields, till the nine o’clock bell&#13;
rings them home to their respective habitations; when presently, the&#13;
constables walk the rounds to see good order kept, and to take up loose&#13;
people.” The State House has been twice burnt, and rebuilt. A council&#13;
chamber, ornamented with full-length portraits of Charles II. and James&#13;
II. formerly occupied the east end; and it was in this chamber that&#13;
James Otis declared before a court of admiralty, that “taxation without&#13;
representation is tyranny,”—a phrase which became, before long, a&#13;
slogan in the mouths of the people. “Then and there,” writes President&#13;
Adams, “was the first scene of the first act of opposition to the&#13;
arbitrary claims of Great Britain. Then and there, the child&#13;
Independence was born.” It was upon a trial of the question of “Writs&#13;
for Assistance,” a power which was required by the Board of Trade to&#13;
enforce some new and rigorous Acts of Parliament touching trade; and&#13;
Otis opposed the Attorney-General. “As soon as he had concluded,” says&#13;
the historian, “Otis burst forth as with a flame of fire, with a&#13;
promptitude of classical allusion, a depth of research, a rapid summary&#13;
of historical events, a profusion of legal authorities, a prophetic&#13;
glance into futurity, and a torrent of impetuous eloquence, which&#13;
carried all before him.” This was the preparation for the resistance to&#13;
the Stamp Act, and the Revolution soon followed.</p><p>State Street has been the scene of most of the events of a very public&#13;
nature, which are recorded in the annals of Boston. The balcony of the&#13;
State House is the popular pulpit, and hence was read the Declaration of&#13;
Independence, and from hence declaimed Colonel David Crockett, who&#13;
“could lick his weight in wild-cats.” In 1770 the “Boston massacre” took&#13;
place in State Street. For several days preceding the event, there had&#13;
been disturbances between the king’s soldiers and the townspeople, which&#13;
had put the officers on the alert. The soldiers were collected into the&#13;
barracks before night, and sentinels were placed around them at all&#13;
hours to prevent difficulty. One of these sentinels was stationed in a&#13;
narrow alley, and was striking fire against the walls with his sword,&#13;
for amusement, when two or three young men attempted to pass him. Having&#13;
orders to let no one pass, a struggle ensued, and one of the young men&#13;
received a wound on the head. The noise of the rencontre drew together a&#13;
considerable crowd, and as but few could enter the narrow scene of&#13;
action, the remainder listened to an inflammatory speech from “a tall&#13;
man, with a red cloak, and a white wig,” in the adjacent square. At the&#13;
close of the oration there was a general cry “To the main guard!” and&#13;
the crowd rushed tumultuously toward its station in State Street. On&#13;
their way they passed the Custom House, before the door of which stood a&#13;
single sentinel. Alarmed at their approach, he retreated up the steps,&#13;
and, the people collecting around, he sent word to the barracks, near&#13;
by, that he was attacked, and a company in a few moments arrived to his&#13;
assistance, and formed a half circle round the steps. The captain of the&#13;
day, named Preston, followed immediately, and the Custom House, which&#13;
stood at the corner of State and Exchange Streets, was soon thronged by&#13;
a considerable multitude. The soldiers were soon pressed upon very&#13;
closely by the mob, who were mostly armed with clubs; and those at a&#13;
distance soon began to throw snowballs, followed by fragments of ice,&#13;
stones and sticks, while from every side came the cry, “_Fire, if you&#13;
dare!_” The soldiers soon heard, or thought they heard, the order, and&#13;
they fired in quick succession from right to left. Two or three of the&#13;
guns flashed, but the rest were fatal. Three persons were killed on the&#13;
spot, two received wounds of which they died next day, and others were&#13;
more slightly injured. The people immediately dispersed, leaving the&#13;
dead bodies in the street, but returned in a few minutes; when the&#13;
soldiers aimed once more at them, but the commanding officer struck up&#13;
the guns with his sword. The drum was beat to arms, and several of the&#13;
officers, on their way to join the guard, were knocked down, and their&#13;
swords taken from them. Order was soon restored, and Captain Preston&#13;
delivered himself up for trial. The dead were buried with some pomp, and&#13;
when the excitement had subsided a little, Preston was tried and&#13;
acquitted.</p><p>State Street is at present a street of banks, insurance offices, and&#13;
similar institutions; and its side walk serves for the merchants’&#13;
exchange. The buildings are of granite, and some of them, particularly a&#13;
new bank, lately erected near Kilby Street, present very creditable&#13;
specimens of city architecture.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                   NIAGARA FALLS, FROM CLIFTON HOUSE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The most comprehensive view of Niagara is, no doubt, that from the&#13;
galleries of this hotel; but it is, at the same time, for a first view,&#13;
one of the most unfavourable. Clifton House stands nearly opposite the&#13;
centre of the irregular crescent formed by the Falls; but it is so far&#13;
back from the line of the arc, that the height and grandeur of the two&#13;
cataracts, to an eye unacquainted with the scene, are deceptively&#13;
diminished. After once making the tour of the points of view, however,&#13;
the distance and elevation of the hotel are allowed for by the eye, and&#13;
the situation seems most advantageous. This is the only house at Niagara&#13;
where a traveller, on his second visit, would be content to live.</p><p>Clifton House is kept in the best style of hotels in this country; but&#13;
the usual routine of such places, going on in the very eye of Niagara,&#13;
weaves in very whimsically with the eternal presence and power of the&#13;
cataract. We must eat, drink, and sleep, it is true, at Niagara as&#13;
elsewhere; and indeed, what with the exhaustion of mind and fatigue of&#13;
body, we require at the Falls perhaps more than usual of these three&#13;
“blessed inventions.” The leaf that is caught away by the Rapids,&#13;
however, is not more entirely possessed by this wonder of nature, than&#13;
is the mind and imagination of the traveller; and the arrest of that&#13;
leaf by the touch of the overhanging tree, or the point of a rock amid&#13;
the breakers, is scarce more momentary than the interruption to the&#13;
traveller’s enchantment by the circumstances of daily life. He falls&#13;
asleep with its surging thunders in his ear, and wakes—to wonder, for&#13;
an instant, if his yesterday’s astonishment was a dream. With the&#13;
succeeding thought, his mind refills, like a mountain channel, whose&#13;
torrent has been suspended by the frost, and he is overwhelmed with&#13;
sensations that are almost painful, from the suddenness of their return.&#13;
He rises and throws up his window, and there it flashes, and thunders,&#13;
and agonizes—the same almighty miracle of grandeur for ever going on;&#13;
and he turns and wonders—What the deuce can have become of his&#13;
stockings! He slips on his dressing-gown, and commences his toilet. The&#13;
glass stands in the window, and with his beard half achieved, he gets a&#13;
glimpse of the foam-cloud rising majestically over the top of the&#13;
mahogany frame. Almost persuaded, like Queen Christina at the fountains&#13;
of St. Peter’s, that a spectacle of such splendour is not intended to&#13;
last, he drops his razor, and with the soap drying unheeded on his chin,&#13;
he leans on his elbows, and watches the yeasty writhe in the abysm, and&#13;
the solemn pillars of crystal eternally falling, like the fragments of&#13;
some palace-crested star, descending through interminable space. The&#13;
white field of the iris forms over the brow of the cataract, exhibits&#13;
its radiant bow, and sails away in a vanishing cloud of vapour upon the&#13;
wind; the tortured and convulsed surface of the caldron below shoots out&#13;
its frothy and seething circles in perpetual torment; the thunders are&#13;
heaped upon each other, the earth trembles, and—the bell rings for&#13;
breakfast! A vision of cold rolls, clammy omelettes, and tepid tea,&#13;
succeeds these sublime images, and the traveller completes his toilet.&#13;
Breakfast over, he resorts to the colonnade, to contemplate untiringly&#13;
the scene before him, and in the midst of a calculation of the progress&#13;
of the Fall towards Lake Erie,—with the perspiration standing on his&#13;
forehead, while he struggles to conceive the junction of its waters with&#13;
Lake Ontario,—the rocks rent, the hills swept away, forests prostrated,&#13;
and the islands uprooted in the mighty conflux,—some one’s child&#13;
escapes from its nurse, and seizing him by the legs, cries out&#13;
“_Da-da_.”</p><p>The _ennui_ attendant upon public-houses can never be felt at Clifton&#13;
House. The most common mind finds the spectacle from its balconies a&#13;
sufficient and untiring occupation. The loneliness of uninhabited&#13;
parlours, the discord of baby-thrummed pianos, the dreariness of great&#13;
staircases, long entries, and bar-rooms filled with strangers, are pains&#13;
and penalties of travel never felt at Niagara. If there is a vacant&#13;
half-hour to dinner, or if indisposition to sleep create that sickening&#13;
yearning for society, which sometimes comes upon a stranger in a strange&#13;
land, like the calenture of a fever,—the eternal marvel going on&#13;
without is more engrossing than friend or conversation, more beguiling&#13;
from sad thought than the Corso in carnival-time. To lean over the&#13;
balustrade and watch the flying of the ferry-boat below, with its&#13;
terrified freight of adventurers, one moment gliding swiftly down the&#13;
stream in the round of an eddy, the next, lifted up by a boiling wave,&#13;
as if it were tossed up from the scoop of a giant’s hand beneath the&#13;
water; to gaze hour after hour into the face of the cataract, to trace&#13;
the rainbows, delight like a child in the shooting spray-clouds, and&#13;
calculate fruitlessly and endlessly by the force, weight, speed, and&#13;
change of the tremendous waters,—is amusement and occupation enough to&#13;
draw the mind from any thing,—to cure madness or create it.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                          VIEW FROM HYDE PARK.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The Hudson at Hyde Park is a broad, tranquil, and noble river, of about&#13;
the same character as the Bosphorus above Roumeli-bissar, or the&#13;
Dardanelles at Abydos. The shores are cultivated to the water’s edge,&#13;
and lean up in graceful, rather than bold elevations; the eminences&#13;
around are crested with the villas of the wealthy inhabitants of the&#13;
metropolis at the river’s mouth; summer-houses, belvideres, and&#13;
water-steps, give an air of enjoyment and refreshment to the banks, and,&#13;
without any thing like the degree of the picturesque which makes the&#13;
river so remarkable thirty or forty miles below, it is, perhaps, a more&#13;
tempting character of scenery to build and live among.</p><p>All along, in this part of the river, occur the “landings,” which are&#13;
either considerable towns in themselves, or indicate a thickly settled&#13;
country in the rear. The immense steamers that ply on the Hudson leave&#13;
and receive passengers at all these points, and, to a person making the&#13;
passage for the first time, the manner and expedition of this operation&#13;
is rather startling. In the summer time, the principal steam boats&#13;
average from five to seven hundred passengers, and there is usually a&#13;
considerable number to go ashore and come off at each place. A mile or&#13;
two before reaching the spot, a negro makes the tour of the boat, with a&#13;
large hand-bell, and, in an amusing speech, full of the idioms of his&#13;
own race, announces the approach, and requests those who are going&#13;
ashore to select their baggage. This done, the steamer, gliding over the&#13;
smooth water at the rate of fifteen or twenty miles in the hour, sheers&#13;
in toward the shore, and the small boat is lowered, with the captain in&#13;
her at the helm; the passengers are put on board, and away she shoots at&#13;
the end of a line gradually loosened, but still kept tight enough to&#13;
send her, like an arrow to her mark. The moment she touches the pier,&#13;
the loose line is let out from the steamer, which still keeps on her&#13;
way, and between that moment and the exhaustion of the line, perhaps&#13;
thirty seconds, the baggage is thrown out, and taken in, passengers jump&#13;
ashore, and embark, and away shoots the little boat again, her bow&#13;
rising clear over the crest of her own foam, with the added velocity of&#13;
the steamer at full speed, and the rapid hauling in of the crew. I never&#13;
have failed to observe a look of astonishment on the part of the&#13;
subjects of this hurried transfer, however used to it by frequent&#13;
repetition; and a long sigh of relief, as they look about on the broad&#13;
and steady deck, or tread the ground beneath them if they have gone&#13;
ashore, follows as invariably. As the boat is hauled up again, the negro&#13;
crier reappears with his bell, and, looking the newly arrived group&#13;
close in the face, cries out, as if they were a mile off, “All pas’ng’rs&#13;
as hasn’t paid their passage, please walk to the cap’n’s office and&#13;
settLE-E-E!!”—the whole sentence recited in the most monotonous tone&#13;
till the last syllable, which rises suddenly to a ludicrous scream,&#13;
prolonged as long as his breath will continue it.</p><p>Many fatal accidents occurred formerly from this practice; but there is&#13;
now more care and time taken about it, and the accidents, if any, are&#13;
rather ludicrous than serious. I was going to Albany, some years ago, on&#13;
board a very crowded boat, and among the passengers were a German and&#13;
his wife, emigrants of the lower class. They had been down stairs at&#13;
dinner, and the husband came up in search of his wife, who had preceded&#13;
him, just as a crowded boatful were going ashore at Poughkeepsie. Either&#13;
fancying it the end of his journey, or misunderstanding the man who was&#13;
busy with the baggage, he threw in his bundle, and was peeping through&#13;
the crowd of ladies on the stern for his wife; when one of the men,&#13;
impatient of his delay, drew him in, and away he flew to the pier. He&#13;
sprang ashore with the rest, his bundle was thrown after him, and, as&#13;
the steamer sped away, we saw him darting about in the crowd to find his&#13;
_vrouw_, who by this time had missed him, and was running from side to&#13;
side, in quite as great embarrassment on board. The poor woman’s&#13;
distress was quite pitiable, and when, at last, one of the passengers,&#13;
who had observed them together, pointed out to her her husband, in his&#13;
flat cap and foreign _bleuse_, standing on the receding pier, with his&#13;
hands stretched out after the boat, her agony could no longer be&#13;
controlled. She was put ashore at the next landing to return by the&#13;
“down boat;” but as another boat up the river arrived soon after at&#13;
Poughkeepsie, the probability was, that he would embark again to follow&#13;
her, and they would thus cross each other by the way; with scarce a word&#13;
of English, and probably very little money, they may be hunting each&#13;
other to this day.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                         VILLAGE OF SING-SING.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Sing-Sing is famous for its marble, of which there is an extensive&#13;
quarry near by; for its State prison, of which the discipline is of the&#13;
most salutary character; and for its academy, which has a high&#13;
reputation. It may be said, altogether, to do the State some service.</p><p>The county of West Chester, of which this is the principal village on&#13;
the Hudson, has been made the scene of, perhaps, the best historical&#13;
novel of our country, and, more than any other part of the United&#13;
States, suffered from the evils of war. The character and depredations&#13;
of the “cow-boys” and “skinners,” whose fields of action were on the&#13;
skirts of this neutral ground, are familiar to all who have read “the&#13;
Essay” of Mr. Cooper. A distinguished clergyman gives the following very&#13;
graphic picture of West Chester county in those days:—</p><p>“In the autumn of 1777, I resided for some time in this county. The&#13;
lines of the British were then in the neighbourhood of Kingsbridge, and&#13;
those of the Americans at Byram river. The unhappy inhabitants were,&#13;
therefore, exposed to the depredations of both. Often they were actually&#13;
plundered, and always were liable to this calamity. They feared every&#13;
body whom they saw, and loved nobody. It was a curious fact to a&#13;
philosopher, and a melancholy one to hear their conversation. To every&#13;
question they gave such an answer as would please the inquirer; or, if&#13;
they despaired of pleasing, such a one as would not provoke him. Fear&#13;
was, apparently, the only passion by which they were animated. The power&#13;
of volition seemed to have deserted them. They were not civil, but&#13;
obsequious; not obliging, but subservient. They yielded with a kind of&#13;
apathy, and very quietly, what you asked, and what they supposed it&#13;
impossible for them to retain. If you treated them kindly, they received&#13;
it coldly; not as a kindness, but as a compensation for injuries done&#13;
them by others. When you spoke to them, they answered you without either&#13;
good or ill nature, and without any appearance of reluctance or&#13;
hesitation; but they subjoined neither questions nor remarks of their&#13;
own; proving to your full conviction that they felt no interest either&#13;
in the conversation or yourself. Both their countenances and their&#13;
motions had lost every trace of animation and of feeling. Their features&#13;
were smoothed, not into serenity, but apathy; and, instead of being&#13;
settled in the attitude of quiet thinking, strongly indicated, that all&#13;
thought beyond what was merely instinctive, had fled their minds for&#13;
ever.</p><p>“Their houses, meantime, were, in a great measure, scenes of desolation.&#13;
Their furniture was extensively plundered, or broken to pieces. The&#13;
walls, floors, and windows were injured both by violence and decay, and&#13;
were not repaired, because they had not the means to repair them, and&#13;
because they were exposed to the repetition of the same injuries. Their&#13;
cattle were gone. Their enclosures were burnt, where they were capable&#13;
of becoming fuel; and in many cases thrown down where they were not.&#13;
Their fields were covered with a rank growth of weeds and wild grass.</p><p>“Amid all this appearance of desolation, nothing struck my eye more&#13;
forcibly than the sight of the high road. Where I had heretofore seen a&#13;
continual succession of horses and carriages, life and bustle lending a&#13;
sprightliness to all the environing objects, not a single, solitary&#13;
traveller was seen, from week to week, or from month to month. The world&#13;
was motionless and silent, except when one of these unhappy people&#13;
ventured upon a rare and lonely excursion to the house of a neighbour no&#13;
less unhappy, or a scouting party, traversing the country in quest of&#13;
enemies, alarmed the inhabitants with expectations of new injuries and&#13;
sufferings. The very tracks of the carriages were grown over, and&#13;
obliterated; and where they were discernible, resembled the faint&#13;
impressions of chariot wheels, said to be left on the pavements of&#13;
Herculaneum. The grass was of full height for the scythe, and strongly&#13;
realized to my own mind, for the first time, the proper import of that&#13;
picturesque declaration in the Song of Deborah: ‘In the days of Shamgar,&#13;
the son of Anath, in the days of Jael, the highways were unoccupied, and&#13;
the travellers walked through by-paths. The inhabitants of the villages&#13;
ceased: they ceased in Israel.’”</p><p>West Chester is a rough county in natural surface, but since the days&#13;
when the above description was true, its vicinity to New York, and the&#13;
ready market for produce, have changed its character to a thriving&#13;
agricultural district. It is better watered with springs, brooks, and&#13;
mill-streams, than many other parts of New York, and, among other&#13;
advantages, enjoys, along the Hudson, a succession of brilliant and&#13;
noble scenery.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
           VIEW FROM RUGGLE’S HOUSE, NEWBURGH, HUDSON RIVER.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Newburgh stands upon a pretty acclivity, rising with a sharp ascent from&#13;
the east bank of the Hudson; and, in point of trade and consequence, it&#13;
is one of the first towns on the river. In point of scenery, Newburgh is&#13;
as felicitously placed, perhaps, as any other spot in the world, having&#13;
in its immediate neighbourhood every element of natural loveliness; and,&#13;
just below, the sublime and promising Pass of the Highlands. From the&#13;
summit of the acclivity, the view over Wateaman and Fishkill is full of&#13;
beauty; the deep flow of the Hudson lying between, and the pretty&#13;
villages just named, sparkling with their white buildings and cheerful&#13;
steeples, beyond.</p><p>Newburgh has a considerable trade with the back country, and supports&#13;
two or three steam-boats, running daily and exclusively between its pier&#13;
and New York. If there were wanting an index of the wondrous advance of&#13;
enterprise and invention in our country, we need not seek farther than&#13;
this simple fact—a small intermediate town, on one river, supporting&#13;
such an amount of expensive navigation. Only thirty years ago Fulton&#13;
made his first experiment in steam on the Hudson, amid the unbelief and&#13;
derision of the whole country. Let any one stand for one hour on the&#13;
pier at Newburgh, and see those superb and swift palaces of motion shoot&#13;
past, one after the other, like gay and chasing meteors; and then read&#13;
poor Fulton’s account of his first experiment—and never again throw&#13;
discouragement on the kindling fire of genius.</p><p>“When I was building my first steam-boat,” said he to Judge Story, “the&#13;
project was viewed by the public at New York either with indifference or&#13;
contempt, as a visionary scheme. My friends, indeed, were civil, but&#13;
they were shy. They listened with patience to my explanations, but with&#13;
a settled cast of incredulity on their countenances. I felt the full&#13;
force of the lamentation of the Poet:—</p><p>‘Truths would you teach, to save a sinking land,&#13;
            All shun, none aid you, and few understand.’</p><p>As I had occasion to pass daily to and from the building-yard while my&#13;
boat was in progress, I have often loitered, unknown, near the idle&#13;
groups of strangers gathering in little circles, and heard various&#13;
inquiries as to the object of this new vehicle. The language was&#13;
uniformly that of scorn, sneer, or ridicule. The loud laugh rose at my&#13;
expense; the dry jest, the wise calculation of losses and expenditure;&#13;
the dull but endless repetition of “_the Fulton folly_.” Never did a&#13;
single encouraging remark, a bright hope, or a warm wish, cross my path.</p><p>“At length the day arrived when the experiment was to be made. To me it&#13;
was a most trying and interesting occasion. I wanted many friends to go&#13;
on board to witness the first successful trip. Many of them did me the&#13;
favour to attend, as a matter of personal respect; but it was manifest&#13;
they did it with reluctance, feigning to be partners of my&#13;
mortification, and not of my triumph. I was well aware that, in my case,&#13;
there were many reasons to doubt of my own success. The machinery was&#13;
new, and ill-made; and many parts of it were constructed by mechanics&#13;
unacquainted with such work; and unexpected difficulties might&#13;
reasonably be presumed to present themselves from other causes. The&#13;
moment arrived in which the word was to be given for the vessel to move.&#13;
My friends were in groups on the deck. There was anxiety mixed with fear&#13;
among them. They were silent, sad, and weary. I read in their looks&#13;
nothing but disaster, and almost repented of my efforts. The signal was&#13;
given, and the boat moved on a short distance, and then stopped, and&#13;
became immovable. To the silence of the preceding moment, now succeeded&#13;
murmurs of discontent and agitation, and whispers and shrugs. I could&#13;
hear distinctly repeated, “I told you so,—it is a foolish scheme.—I&#13;
wish we were well out of it.” I elevated myself on a platform, and&#13;
stated that I knew not what was the matter; but if they would be quiet,&#13;
and indulge me for half an hour, I would either go on or abandon the&#13;
voyage. I went below, and discovered that a slight maladjustment was the&#13;
cause. It was obviated. The boat went on; we left New York; we passed&#13;
through the Highlands; we reached Albany!—Yet even then, imagination&#13;
superseded the force of fact. _It was doubted if it could be done again,&#13;
or if it could be made, in any case, of any great value._”</p><p>What an affecting picture of the struggles of a great mind, and what a&#13;
vivid lesson of encouragement to genius, is contained in this simple&#13;
narration!</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                  DESCENT INTO THE VALLEY OF WYOMING.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>In looking down on this lovely scene, made memorable by savage&#13;
barbarity, and famous by the poet’s wand of enchantment, it is natural&#13;
to indulge in resentful feelings towards the sanguinary race whose&#13;
atrocities make up its page in story. It is a pity, however, that they&#13;
too, had not a poet and a partial chronicler. Leaving entirely out of&#13;
view the ten thousand wrongs done by the white man to the Indian, in the&#13;
corruption, robbery, and rapid extinction of his race, there are&#13;
personal atrocities, on our own records, exercised toward that fated&#13;
people, which, in impartial history hereafter, will redeem them from all&#13;
charge except that of irresistible retaliation. The brief story of the&#13;
famous Cornstalk, Sachem of the Shawanees, and King of the Northern&#13;
Confederacy, is sermon enough on this text.</p><p>The north-western corner of Virginia, and that part of Pennsylvania&#13;
contiguous, on the south, to the valley represented in the drawing, was&#13;
the scene of some of the bloodiest events of Indian warfare.&#13;
Distinguished over all the other red men of this region, was Cornstalk.&#13;
He was equally a terror to the men of his own tribe, (whom he did not&#13;
hesitate to hew down with his tomahawk if they showed any cowardice in&#13;
fight,) and a formidable opponent to our troops, from his military&#13;
talents and personal daring. He was, at the same time, more than all the&#13;
other chiefs of the confederacy, a friend to the whites; and, energetic&#13;
as he was when once engaged in battle, never took up arms willingly&#13;
against them. After the bloody contest at Point Pleasant, in which&#13;
Cornstalk had displayed his generalship and bravery, to the admiration&#13;
of his foes, he came in to the camp of Lord Dunmore, to make&#13;
negotiations for peace. Colonel Wilson, one of the staff, thus describes&#13;
his oratory:—“When he arose, he was in no wise confused or daunted, but&#13;
spoke in a distinct and audible voice, without stammering or repetition,&#13;
and with peculiar emphasis. His looks, while addressing Dunmore, were&#13;
truly grand and majestic, yet graceful and attractive. I have heard many&#13;
celebrated orators, but never one whose powers of delivery surpassed&#13;
those of Cornstalk on this occasion.”</p><p>In the spring of 1777, it was known that an extensive coalition was&#13;
forming among the tribes, and that it only waited the consent and&#13;
powerful aid of the Shawanees, to commence war upon the whites. At this&#13;
critical time, Cornstalk, accompanied by Red Hawk, came on a friendly&#13;
visit to the Fort at Point Pleasant, communicated the intentions of the&#13;
tribes, and expressed his sorrow that the tide set so strongly against&#13;
the colonists, that he must go with it, in spite of all his endeavours.</p><p>Upon receiving this information, given by the noble savage in the spirit&#13;
of a generous enemy, the commander of the garrison seized upon Cornstalk&#13;
and his companion as hostages for the peaceful conduct of his nation,&#13;
and set about availing himself of the advantage he had gained by his&#13;
suggestions. During his captivity, Cornstalk held frequent conversations&#13;
with the officers, and took pleasure in describing to them the geography&#13;
of the west, then little known. One afternoon, while he was engaged in&#13;
drawing on the floor a map of the Missouri territory, with its&#13;
water-courses and mountains, a halloo was heard from the forest, which&#13;
he recognised as the voice of his son Ellinipsico, a young warrior,&#13;
whose courage and address was almost as celebrated as his own.&#13;
Ellinipsico entered the fort, and embraced his father most&#13;
affectionately, having been uneasy at his long absence, and come hither&#13;
in search of him.</p><p>The day after his arrival, a soldier went out from the fort on a hunting&#13;
excursion, and was shot by Indians. His infuriated companions instantly&#13;
resolved to sacrifice Cornstalk and his son. They charged upon&#13;
Ellinipsico that the offenders were in his company, but he declared that&#13;
he had come alone, and with the sole object of seeking his father. When&#13;
the soldiers came within hearing, the young warrior appeared agitated.&#13;
Cornstalk encouraged him to meet hits fate composedly, and said to him,&#13;
“My son, the Great Spirit has sent you here that we may die together!”&#13;
He turned to meet his murderers the next instant, and receiving seven&#13;
bullets in his body, expired without a groan.</p><p>When Cornstalk had fallen, Ellinipsico continued still and passive, not&#13;
even raising himself from his seat. He met death in that position with&#13;
the utmost calmness. “The other Indian,” says the chronicle, “was&#13;
murdered piecemeal, and with all those circumstances of cruelty with&#13;
which the savage wreaks his vengeance on his enemy.”</p><p>The day before his death, Cornstalk had been present at a council of the&#13;
officers, and had spoken to them on the subject of the war, with his own&#13;
peculiar eloquence. In the course of his remarks, he expressed something&#13;
like a presentiment of his fate. “When I was young,” he said, “and went&#13;
out to war, I often thought each would be my last adventure, and I&#13;
should return no more. I still lived. Now I am in the midst of you, and,&#13;
if you choose, you may kill me. I can die but once. It is alike to me&#13;
whether now or hereafter!”</p><p>His atrocious murder was dearly expiated. The Shawanees, the most&#13;
warlike tribe of the West, became thenceforward the most deadly and&#13;
implacable foes to the white man.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                    BOSTON, FROM DORCHESTER HEIGHTS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The pretty peninsula of Dorchester Heights, which seems to throw its arm&#13;
protectingly around the southern bay of Boston, was settled by a company&#13;
of pilgrims who came out to New England during the administration of&#13;
Governor Winthrop, in Massachusetts. The party consisted of two Puritan&#13;
clergymen, “with many godly families and people” from Devonshire and&#13;
Somersetshire, who embarked in the “Mary John,” in the spring of 1630.&#13;
The historian states that they had some difficulty in the passage with&#13;
the master of the vessel, Captain Squibb, “who, like a merciless man,&#13;
put them and their goods ashore on Nantasket Point, notwithstanding his&#13;
engagement was to bring them up Charles river.” They obtained a boat,&#13;
however, and, having laden her with goods, and manned her with able men&#13;
(“not more than ten, well armed, under Captain Southcot, a brave&#13;
Low-country soldier,”) they followed the river for about ten miles.&#13;
After landing their goods on a steep bank, they were alarmed by the&#13;
information that there was encamped near them a body of three hundred&#13;
savages. Fortunately they had been joined by an old planter, who knew&#13;
enough of the Indian tongue and disposition to persuade the chiefs not&#13;
to attack the party till morning. At day-break, some of the savages made&#13;
their appearance, but stood awhile at a distance. At last one of them&#13;
held out a bass, and the pilgrims sent a man with a biscuit to exchange&#13;
for it, and thus a friendly intercourse was established. Not liking the&#13;
neighbourhood, however, they descended the river again, and an exploring&#13;
party having discovered some good pasture at Mattapau (present&#13;
Dorchester) they settled there.</p><p>The neighbouring peninsula of Shawmut (now Boston) was destined to be&#13;
the principal settlement, and Dorchester is at this day a rural suburb&#13;
of the capital of New England. The fort which crowns its summit (from&#13;
which this view is taken) is the scene of an important chapter in the&#13;
history of the Revolution.</p><p>Boston had been occupied for some time by the British army under General&#13;
Gage, who sailed for England in October 1776, leaving General Howe in&#13;
command. After the battle of Bunker’s Hill, both armies remained quiet&#13;
for several months; General Washington occupying both sides of the&#13;
Charles river with about fourteen thousand men; and the English,&#13;
besieged in their quarters within the town, amusing themselves with&#13;
private theatricals in Faneuiel Hall, varied occasionally with feats of&#13;
horsemanship from a squadron of cavalry, who had turned the old South&#13;
Church into a circus. As the cold became severe, the North&#13;
“meeting-house,” an immense wooden building, was torn down and consumed&#13;
for fuel, and the soldiers had made a holiday of felling a gigantic&#13;
Liberty-tree for the same purpose.</p><p>Washington became impatient of this inactive situation; and as soon as&#13;
the ice in the bay and river became firm enough to allow the passage of&#13;
troops, he called a council of war, and proposed an attack on Boston.&#13;
The opinion against the measure was unanimous, and he reluctantly&#13;
abandoned it. He soon after determined to take possession of Dorchester&#13;
Heights, which command both harbour and town,—a step which he knew must&#13;
bring on a general action, during which he intended to cross over to&#13;
Cambridge with a few chosen men, and force an entrance into the town.&#13;
During the two or three preceding nights, he bombarded the town heavily&#13;
from his camp, to divert the attention of the garrison; and on the night&#13;
of the 4th of March, a large detachment took possession of Dorchester&#13;
Heights, and immediately commenced throwing up an intrenchment. The&#13;
night was mild, but the ground was frozen almost impenetrably hard; and&#13;
it was with excessive labour that a sufficient bulwark was presented by&#13;
day-light, to cover them from the shot of the enemy.</p><p>The morning broke,—and a thin haze, which magnified the size of the&#13;
works, overspread the landscape. The astonishment of General Howe, at&#13;
discerning this phantom fortification looming up through the mist, upon&#13;
heights which had been bare and desolate at sunset, was without bounds.&#13;
The position was so commanding that the town could not be held unless&#13;
the Americans were dislodged; but this seemed, from the advantages of&#13;
the ground in favour of the Provincials, next to impossible. The British&#13;
commander undertook it with great spirit, and two thousand troops were&#13;
embarked on the same day to cross the harbour to the attack. The&#13;
transports fell down to the Castle, a small island just below the town;&#13;
but a tremendous storm suspended their operations. The next day a&#13;
council of war was held, and it was thought advisable to evacuate the&#13;
town immediately. The provincials went on completing their&#13;
fortifications, undisturbed; and in a few days General Howe embarked&#13;
with all his forces, accompanied by those Americans who adhered to the&#13;
royal cause. The embarkation commenced at four in the morning of the&#13;
17th of March, and at ten in the forenoon General Washington entered the&#13;
city at the head of his army. The English fleet sailed for Halifax. They&#13;
were ten thousand strong, including the marines; and left stores to the&#13;
value of 30,000_l._ with several pieces of cannon, mortars, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p><p>The view of Boston from these heights is very commanding. The bay, with&#13;
its fortified islands, stretches away to the right, beautiful from its&#13;
shape and from the brightness of its water; the city, clustering upon&#13;
its heights, rises in graceful lines to the pinnacled State House; and&#13;
the country to the left is all that is lovely in cultivation, sprinkled&#13;
here and there with gay and thrifty-looking villages. The calenture of&#13;
speculation is just now at its height in America; and Dorchester, like&#13;
other places, is laid out in lots, and busy with the builders of fancy&#13;
cottages and hotels. If calculation has not overreached itself, the&#13;
suburbs of Boston will soon sparkle with villas on every hill side&#13;
within the horizon.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
         VIEW OF FANEUIL HALL, AND ADJACENT BUILDINGS, BOSTON.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>There are very few remaining of the many covered, gable-ended,&#13;
top-heavy, old houses which constituted the compact centre of Boston in&#13;
the days of English governors. The finest specimens long stood in the&#13;
neighbourhood of Faneuiel Hall; but, with one exception, we believe,&#13;
their picturesque heaps of triangles have dropped beneath the merciless&#13;
hand of speculation and improvement. Boston has not grown so thriftily,&#13;
or rather so miraculously, as the capitols of other States, through&#13;
which the flood of emigration rolls more directly; but it is certainly&#13;
the handsomest town in the United States, and probably its prosperity is&#13;
more permanent and solid. Its granite houses and fine public buildings&#13;
are in strong contrast with the description given of it by John&#13;
Josselyn, Gent. who visited it in 1638, and afterwards favoured the&#13;
world with his observations under the title of “New England Rarities.”&#13;
“Having refreshed myself for a day or two on an island in the bay,” he&#13;
says, “I crossed the harbour in a small boat to Boston, which was then&#13;
rather a village than a town, there not being more than above twenty or&#13;
thirty houses: and presented my respects to Mr. Muthrop the governor,&#13;
and to Mr. Cotton the teacher of Boston Church, to whom I delivered from&#13;
Mr. Francis Quarles, the poet, the translation of several Psalms in&#13;
English metre for his approbation.”</p><p>A facetious bookseller, John Dunton, visited Boston some fifty years&#13;
afterwards; and, in a book upon his “Life and Errors,” gives a humorous&#13;
account of its inhabitants in his time. The passage, which is now&#13;
commonly made in from sixteen to twenty-five or thirty days, occupied&#13;
the unfortunate bibliopole four months; and he was reduced, at the&#13;
latter part of it, to one bottle of water for four days.</p><p>“When we came within view of Boston,” he writes, “we were all overjoyed,&#13;
being just upon the point of starving; we put off to land in the long&#13;
boat, and came ashore near the Castle, which stands about a mile from&#13;
Boston. The country appeared at first a barren waste, but we found&#13;
humanity enough when we came among the inhabitants. We lodged the first&#13;
night at the Castle, and next morning we found our way to Boston Bay&#13;
over the ice, which was but cold comfort to us after we had been stowed&#13;
up so many months in a cabin. The air of New England was sharper than at&#13;
London; which, with the temptation of fresh provisions, made me eat like&#13;
a second Mariot of Gray’s Inn. The first person that welcomed me to&#13;
Boston was Mr. Burroughs. He heaped upon me more civilities than I can&#13;
reckon up, offered to lend me moneys, and made me his bedfellow till I&#13;
had provided lodgings.”</p><p>Dunton’s book would have sold merrily in our scandal-loving days. Its&#13;
personalities are delightful. The following list of his acquaintance is&#13;
as good as a portrait gallery.</p><p>“Mr. Phillips, my old correspondent.—He treated me with a noble dinner,&#13;
and (if I may trust my eyes) is blest with a pretty, obliging wife. I’ll&#13;
say that for Sam (after dealing with him for some hundred pounds), he is&#13;
very just, and (as an effect of that) very thriving. I shall add to his&#13;
character, that he is young and witty, and the most beautiful man in the&#13;
town of Boston.</p><p>“The next was Mr. King.—Love was the cause of this gentleman’s long&#13;
ramble hither. Sure his mistress was made of stone, for King had a voice&#13;
would have charmed the spheres; he sang “_All hail to the Myrtle&#13;
Shades_” with a matchless grace.</p><p>“Another acquaintance was Mr. York. He had his soft minutes as well as&#13;
other men; and when he unbent his bow, (for he was very industrious,) he&#13;
treated the fair sex with so much courtship and address, as if loving&#13;
had been all his trade.</p><p>“I pass to my good friend Dr. Bullivant—both a gentleman and a&#13;
physician. As a gentleman, he came of noble family, but his good&#13;
qualities exceed his birth. He never practises new experiments on his&#13;
patients, except in dangerous cases, where death must be expelled by&#13;
death. This is also praiseworthy in him, that to the poor he always&#13;
prescribes cheap medicines; _not curing them of a consumption in their&#13;
bodies and sending it into their purses_, nor yet directing them to the&#13;
East Indies for drugs, when they may have better out of their own&#13;
gardens.</p><p>“I proceed in the next place to Mr. Gouge, a linen-draper from London.&#13;
He is owner of a deal of wit; his brain is a quiver of smart jests. He&#13;
pretends to live a bachelor, but is no enemy to a pretty woman.”</p><p>Dunton winds up his list with an apostrophe to Mrs. Comfort, the married&#13;
daughter of his landlady. “You may well take it amiss,” he says, “if I&#13;
should forget your favours to me in your father’s house, your pleasant&#13;
company to Ipswich, your assistance when I was ill, and the noble&#13;
looking-glass you sent my dear, and all with a world of innocence.”</p><p>“Kind Boston, adieu! part we must, though ’tis pity,&#13;
       But I’m made for mankind: the world is my city.&#13;
       Look how on the shore they whoop and they holloa,&#13;
       Not for joy I am gone, _but for grief they can’t follow_.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
             VIEW FROM THE TELEGRAPH SIGNAL, NEW YORK BAY.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The first visitor to the Bay of New York, and the writer of the first&#13;
description on record, was John de Verrazzano, a Florentine, in the&#13;
service of Francis the First. This bold navigator had been for some time&#13;
in command of four ships, cruising against the Spaniards. But his little&#13;
fleet being separated in a storm, Verrazzano determined, with one of&#13;
them, the Dauphin, to take a voyage in search of new countries. He&#13;
arrived on the American coast, somewhere near North Carolina, and first&#13;
proceeded south as far as “the region of palm-trees,” probably Florida.&#13;
He then turned, and proceeded north till he entered a harbour, which he&#13;
describes thus, in a passage of a letter addressed by him to his Royal&#13;
master:—</p><p>“This land is situated in the paralele of Rome, in forty-one degrees and&#13;
two terces; but somewhat more colde by accidentall causes. The mouth of&#13;
the haven lieth open to the south, half a league broad; and being entred&#13;
within it, between the east and the north, it stretcheth twelve leagues,&#13;
where it wareth broader and broader, and maketh a gulfe about twenty&#13;
leagues in compass, wherein are five small islands, very fruitfull and&#13;
pleasant, full of hie and broad trees, among the which islands any great&#13;
navie may ride safe without any feare of tempest or other danger.”</p><p>In this harbour Verrazzano appears to have remained about fifteen days.&#13;
He and his men frequently went on shore to obtain supplies and see the&#13;
country. He says in another part of his letter—“Sometimes our men&#13;
stayed two or three daies on a little island neere the ship for divers&#13;
necessaries. We were oftentimes within the land five or six leagues,&#13;
which we found as pleasant as is possible to declare, very apt for any&#13;
kind of husbandry, of corne, wine, and ayle. We entered afterwards into&#13;
the woods, which we found so thicke that any army, were it never so&#13;
great, might have hid itself therein; the trees whereof are okes,&#13;
cypresse-trees, and other sortes unknown in Europe.”</p><p>These were probably the first European feet that ever trod on any part&#13;
of the territory now included in the State of New York. Verrazzano and&#13;
his crew seem to have had considerable intercourse with the natives, and&#13;
generally to have been treated well, though by his own account he did&#13;
not always deserve it. Speaking of an excursion made by his men&#13;
somewhere on the coast, he says:—“They saw only one old woman, with a&#13;
young maid of eighteen or twenty yeeres old, which, seeing our companie,&#13;
hid themselves in the grasse for feare. The old woman carried two&#13;
infants on her shoulders, and the young woman was laden with as many. As&#13;
soone as they saw us, to quiet them and win their favours, our men gave&#13;
them victuals to eate, which the old woman received thankfully, but the&#13;
young woman threw them disdainfully on the ground. _They took a child&#13;
from the old woman to bring into France; and going about to take the&#13;
young woman, which was very beautiful, and of tall stature_, they could&#13;
not possibly, for the great outcries that she made, bring her to the&#13;
sea; and especially having great woods to pass thorow, and being far&#13;
from the ship, we proposed to leave her behind, _bearing away the child&#13;
only_.”</p><p>In a subsequent part of his narrative, Verrazzano presents a very&#13;
favourable picture, not only of the amenity, but of the discretion of&#13;
the aborigines. “They came in great companies of their small boats unto&#13;
the ship, with their faces all bepainted with divers colours, and&#13;
bringing their wives with them, whereof they were very jealous; they&#13;
themselves entring aboard the ship, and staying there a good space, but&#13;
causing their wives to stay in their boats; and for all the entreatie&#13;
that we could make, offering to give them divers things, we could never&#13;
obtaine that they would suffer them to come aboard the ship. And&#13;
oftentimes one of the two Kings comming with his Queene, and _many&#13;
gentlemen_ for their pleasure to see us, they all stayed on shore 200&#13;
paces from us, sending us a small boat to give us intelligence of their&#13;
comming; and as soon as they had answere from us they came immediately,&#13;
and wondered at hearing the cries and noyses of the mariners. The Queene&#13;
and her maids staied in a very light boat at an island a quarter of a&#13;
league off, while the King abode a long space in our ship, uttering&#13;
divers conceits with gestures, viewing with great admiration the&#13;
furniture of the shippe. And sometimes our men staying one or two days&#13;
on a little island near the ship, he returned with seven or eight of&#13;
_his gentlemen_ to see what we did; then the King drawing his bow, and&#13;
running up and down with _his gentlemen_, made much sport to gratify our&#13;
men.”</p><p>The sail-studded bay of New York at this day presents another scene; and&#13;
one of these same “_gentlemen_” is now almost as much a curiosity here&#13;
as was John de Verrazano, only three centuries ago, to the rightful&#13;
lords of this fair land and water.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                           PEEKSKILL LANDING.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Like most of the _landings_ on the Hudson, Peekskill is a sort of&#13;
outstretched hand from the interior of the country. It is about eighty&#13;
miles from New York, and the produce from the country behind is here&#13;
handed over to the trading sloops, who return, into the waiting palm,&#13;
the equivalent in goods from the city. A sort of town naturally springs&#13;
up at such a spot, and, as a river-side is a great provocative of&#13;
idleness, all the Dolph Heyligers of the country about seem to be&#13;
collected at the landing.</p><p>The neighbourhood of this spot is interesting from its association with&#13;
the history of the Revolution. The head-quarters of General Washington&#13;
were just below, at Verplank’s Point; and the town of Peekskill, half a&#13;
mile back from the river, was the depôt of military stores, which were&#13;
burnt by General Home in 1777. “On my return southward in 1782,” says&#13;
the translator of Chastellux, who has not given his name, “I spent a day&#13;
or two at the American camp at Verplank’s Point, where I had the honour&#13;
of dining with General Washington. I had suffered severely from an ague,&#13;
which I could not get quit of, though I had taken the exercise of a&#13;
hard-trotting horse, and got thus far to the north in the month of&#13;
October. The General observing it, told me he was sure I had not met&#13;
with a good glass of wine for some time,—an article then very&#13;
rare,—but that my disorder must be frightened away. He make me drink&#13;
three or four of his silver camp cups of excellent Madeira at noon, and&#13;
recommended to me to take a generous glass of claret after dinner; a&#13;
prescription by no means repugnant to my feelings, and which I most&#13;
religiously followed. I mounted my horse the next morning, and continued&#13;
my journey to Massachusetts, without ever experiencing the slightest&#13;
return of my disorder.</p><p>“The American camp here presented the most beautiful and picturesque&#13;
appearance. It extended along the plain, on the neck of land formed by&#13;
the winding of the Hudson, and had a view of this river to the south.&#13;
Behind it, the lofty mountains, covered with wood, formed the most&#13;
sublime back-ground that painting could express. In the front of the&#13;
tents was a regular continued portico, formed by the boughs of the trees&#13;
in full verdure, decorated with much taste and fancy. Opposite the camp,&#13;
and on distinct eminences, stood the tents of some of the general&#13;
officers, over which towered predominant that of Washington. I had seen&#13;
all the camps in England, from many of which drawings and engravings&#13;
have been taken; but this was truly a subject worthy the pencil of the&#13;
first artist. The French camp, during their stay in Baltimore, was&#13;
decorated in the same manner. At the camp at Verplank’s Point we&#13;
distinctly heard the morning and evening gun of the British at&#13;
Knightsbridge.”</p><p>The curiosity seizes with avidity upon any accidental information which&#13;
fills up the bare outline of history. The personal history of Washington&#13;
more particularly, wherever it has been traced by those who were in&#13;
contact with him, is full of interest. Some of the sketches given by the&#13;
Marquis of Chastellux, who passed this point of the Hudson on his way to&#13;
Washington’s head-quarters below, are very graphic.</p><p>“The weather being fair on the 26th,” he says, “I got on horseback,&#13;
after breakfasting with the General. He was so attentive as to give me&#13;
the horse I rode on the day of my arrival. I found him as good as he is&#13;
handsome; but, above all, perfectly well broke and well trained, having&#13;
a good mouth, easy in hand, and stopping short in a gallop without&#13;
bearing the bit. I mention these minute particulars, because it is the&#13;
General himself who breaks all his own horses. He is an excellent and&#13;
bold horseman, leaping the highest fences, and going extremely quick&#13;
without standing upon his stirrups, bearing on the bridle, or letting&#13;
his horse run wild; circumstances which our young men look upon as so&#13;
essential a part of English horsemanship, that they would rather break a&#13;
leg or an arm than renounce them.”</p><p>After passing some days at head-quarters, this young nobleman thus&#13;
admirably sums up his observations on Washington:—</p><p>“The strongest characteristic of this great man is the perfect union&#13;
which reigns between his physical and moral qualities. Brave without&#13;
temerity, laborious without ambition, generous without prodigality,&#13;
noble without pride, virtuous without severity; he seems always to have&#13;
confined himself within those limits beyond which the virtues, by&#13;
clothing themselves in more lively but more changeable colours, may be&#13;
mistaken for faults. It will be said of him hereafter, that _at the end&#13;
of a long civil war he had nothing with which he could reproach&#13;
himself_. His stature is noble and lofty, he is well made and exactly&#13;
proportioned; his physiognomy mild and agreeable, but such as to render&#13;
it impossible to speak particularly of any of his features; so that on&#13;
quitting him, you have only the recollection of a fine face. He has&#13;
neither a grave nor a familiar air; his brow is sometimes marked with&#13;
thought, but never with inquietude; in inspiring respect he inspires&#13;
confidence, and his smile is always the smile of benevolence.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                  LIGHTHOUSE NEAR CALDWELL’S LANDING.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This picturesque object is seen to great effect by the passenger in the&#13;
evening boat from New York to Newburgh. Leaving the city at five in the&#13;
summer afternoon, she makes the intervening forty miles between that&#13;
hour and twilight; and while the last tints of the sunset are still in&#13;
the sky, the stars just beginning to twinkle through the glow of the&#13;
west, the bright light of this lofty beacon rises up over the prow of&#13;
the boat, shining apparently on the very face of the new-starred heaven.&#13;
As he approaches, across the smooth and still purpled mirror of the&#13;
silent river is drawn a long and slender line of light, broken at the&#13;
foot of the beacon by the mild shrubbery of the rock on which it stands;&#13;
and as he rounds the point, and passes it, the light brightens and looks&#13;
clearer against the darker sky of the east, while the same cheering line&#13;
of reflection follows him on his way, and is lost to sight as he&#13;
disappears among the mountains.</p><p>The waters of the river at this point were the scene of the brief and&#13;
tragic drama enacted so fatally by poor André. Four or five miles below&#13;
stands Smith’s house, where he had his principal interview with Arnold,&#13;
and where the latter communicated to him his plans for the delivery of&#13;
West Point into the hands of the English, and gave him the fatal papers&#13;
which proved his ruin.</p><p>At Smith’s house Mrs. Arnold passed a night, on her way to join her&#13;
husband at West Point, soon after he had taken command. The sufferings&#13;
of this lady have excited the sympathy of the world, as the first&#13;
paroxysms of her distress moved the kind but firm heart of Washington.&#13;
There seems to have arisen a doubt, however, whether her long and&#13;
well-known correspondence with André had not so far undermined her&#13;
patriotism, that she was rather inclined to further than impede the&#13;
treason of Arnold; and consequently could have suffered but little after&#13;
Washington generously made every arrangement for her to follow him. In&#13;
the “Life of Aaron Burr,” lately published, are some statements which&#13;
seem authentic on the subject. It is well known that Washington found&#13;
Mrs. Arnold apparently frantic with distress at the communication her&#13;
husband had made to her the moment before his flight. Lafayette, and the&#13;
other officers in the suite of the commander-in-chief, were alive with&#13;
the most poignant sympathy; and a passport was given her by Washington,&#13;
with which she immediately left West Point to join Arnold in New York.&#13;
On her way she stopped at the house of Mrs. Prevost, the wife of a&#13;
British officer, who subsequently married Colonel Burr. Here “the&#13;
frantic scenes of West Point were renewed,” says the narrative of Burr’s&#13;
biographer, “and continued so long as strangers were present. As soon as&#13;
she and Mrs. Prevost were left alone, however, Mrs. Arnold became&#13;
tranquillized, and assured Mrs. Prevost that she was heartily sick of&#13;
the theatrics she was exhibiting. She stated that she had corresponded&#13;
with the British commander; that she was disgusted with the American&#13;
cause, and those who had the management of public affairs; and that,&#13;
through great persuasion and unceasing perseverance, she had ultimately&#13;
brought the General into an arrangement to surrender West Point to the&#13;
British. Mrs. Arnold was a gay, accomplished, artful, and extravagant&#13;
woman. There is no doubt, therefore, that, for the purpose of acquiring&#13;
the means of gratifying her vanity, she contributed greatly to the utter&#13;
ruin of her husband, and thus doomed to everlasting infamy and disgrace&#13;
all the fame he had acquired as a gallant soldier, at the sacrifice of&#13;
his blood.”</p><p>It is not easy to pass and repass the now peaceful and beautiful waters&#13;
of this part of the Hudson, without recalling to mind the scenes and&#13;
actors in the great drama of the revolution, which they not long ago&#13;
bore on their bosom. The busy mind fancies the armed guard-boats, slowly&#13;
pulling along the shore; the light pinnace of the Vulture plying to and&#13;
fro on its errands of conspiracy; and not the least vivid picture to the&#13;
imagination, is the boat containing the accomplished, the gallant André&#13;
and his guard, on his way to his death. It is probable that he first&#13;
admitted to his own mind the possibility of a fatal result, while&#13;
passing the very spot presented in the drawing. A late biographer of&#13;
Arnold gives the particulars of a conversation between André and Major&#13;
Tallmadge, the officer who had him in custody, and who brought him from&#13;
West Point down the river to Tuppau, the place of his subsequent&#13;
execution.</p><p>“Before we reached the Clove” (a landing just below the beacon&#13;
represented in the drawing,) “Major André became very inquisitive to&#13;
know my opinion as to the result of his capture. When I could no longer&#13;
evade his importunity, I remarked to him as follows:—‘I had a&#13;
much-loved classmate in Yale College, by the name of Hale, who entered&#13;
the army in 1775. Immediately after the battle of Long Island,&#13;
Washington wanted information respecting the strength of the enemy. Hale&#13;
tendered his services, went over to Brooklyn, and was taken, just as he&#13;
was passing the outposts of the enemy on his return.’ Said I, with&#13;
emphasis, ‘Do you remember the sequel of this story?’ ‘Yes,’ said André,&#13;
‘he was hanged as a spy. But you surely do not consider his case and&#13;
mine alike?’ I replied, ‘Yes, precisely similar, and similar will be&#13;
your fate.’ He endeavoured to answer my remarks, but it was manifest he&#13;
was more troubled in spirit than I had ever seen him before.’</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                            HARPER’S FERRY.&#13;
                        (FROM THE POTOMAC SIDE.)</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Perhaps it will not be uninteresting to the reader, to vary a little the&#13;
monotony of description which is entailed upon us by the character of&#13;
the work, and give some account of the varieties of sporting on the&#13;
Potomac.</p><p>This noble river abounds in fish, of which the principal are the white&#13;
shad, the herring, and the sturgeon. The latter is taken in a way that,&#13;
as far as we know, is entirely peculiar to this part of the country. The&#13;
sturgeon is a noble denizen of the waters, weighing from seventy-five to&#13;
one hundred and fifty pounds. His enormous leaps out of the water, and&#13;
his alacrity at mounting a cascade, are accomplishments for which he is,&#13;
as the advertisements phrase it, “favourably known.” He has a habit,&#13;
however, of scratching himself against any stationary object he finds in&#13;
the river, which has been detected by the Potomac fishers, and employed,&#13;
very successfully, to his detriment. A stout line, with a weight&#13;
attached to it, is lowered from a boat, and a large hook, of peculiar&#13;
contrivance, but without a bait, fastened to the extremity. The rubbing&#13;
of the sturgeon against the line informs the fisherman of his&#13;
neighbourhood, and, with a little skill, he succeeds in hooking him&#13;
under the belly. The fish makes off with prodigious speed; the fisherman&#13;
pays out line, and casts loose his painter; and away flies the boat with&#13;
a speed and suddenness that seems like magic. A mile or so of this hard&#13;
work is enough for the sturgeon, who gives out exhausted, and is easily&#13;
drawn in. Some years ago, a negro, celebrated for his skill in this&#13;
fishery, incautiously tied the line to his leg. The sudden jerk of the&#13;
hooked fish pulled him overboard, and away he went down the stream,&#13;
sometimes above, and sometimes under water, to the extreme astonishment&#13;
of some people accidentally passing on the shore. He was an expert&#13;
swimmer, however, and a heavy-limbed athletic fellow, and by remarkable&#13;
coolness and courage he succeeded in bringing the sturgeon ashore. It is&#13;
a singular fact, that this fish is only good in certain rivers: those of&#13;
the Delaware, for example, being considered unfit to eat; and those of&#13;
the rivers on either side of it, the Hudson and the Potomac, considered&#13;
a great delicacy. It is recorded, by the way, that one of these enormous&#13;
fish descended from an aerial leap into a ferry-boat, during the&#13;
revolutionary war, and falling into the lap of an officer, seated on the&#13;
gunwale, broke his thigh. Every passenger up this fine river has seen&#13;
the sturgeon leaps; and an ascent of eight or ten feet above the water&#13;
is not uncommon.</p><p>The shad and herring are taken by thousands, in nets, very much in the&#13;
usual way.</p><p>The wild birds that frequent the bosom and shores of the Potomac, are&#13;
very numerous. Among them are the swan, the wild goose, the red-head&#13;
shoveler, the black-head shoveler, the duck and mallard, the black duck,&#13;
the blue-winged teal, the green-winged teal, the widgeon, and, last not&#13;
least, the far-celebrated _canvass-back_. This duck, which we believe is&#13;
unrivalled in the world for richness of flavour, is one of a class&#13;
called _drift fowl_, from their habit of floating in the middle of the&#13;
river when at rest. The two species of shoveler have the same habit, and&#13;
are scarcely inferior in flavour. The canvass-back breeds, it is&#13;
supposed, on the borders of the northern lakes, or on the shores of&#13;
Hudson’s Bay; and in their migrations confine their pasture almost&#13;
exclusively to the Chesapeake and Potomac. They feed, it is well&#13;
ascertained, on the bulbous root of a grass which grows on the flats in&#13;
these rivers, and which is commonly known as wild celery. It is said,&#13;
that during a hard winter, some forty years ago, a strong wind blew so&#13;
much of the water off the flats of James river, that the remainder froze&#13;
to the bottom, enclosing the long tops of this grass so closely in the&#13;
ice, that when it broke up, and was floated off in the spring, it tore&#13;
whole fields of it up by the roots, and destroyed the pasture. Since&#13;
that time, the canvass-back has never been seen on the river.</p><p>The bald duck feeds very frequently among these water-fowl; and not&#13;
having the power to dive entirely under water in search of food, he&#13;
watches for the rising of the canvass-back, and, by his superior&#13;
quickness on the wing, seizes on the celery the moment it appears above&#13;
the surface, and escapes with it to the shore.</p><p>The canvass-back is often shot from behind blinds of brush, which&#13;
conceal the sportsman, in the midst of their feeding ground. There is a&#13;
practice, however, of _tolling them in_, as it is called, by shaking a&#13;
coloured handkerchief tied to the branch of a decayed tree. On what&#13;
propensity of the bird the success of this manœuvre is founded, it would&#13;
be difficult to say. There is no doubt of the fact, however, that they&#13;
are thus decoyed within gun-shot; and it is related of an old sportsman&#13;
on the Potomac, that a long queue of red hair, which he wore in a brush,&#13;
and shook over his shoulder, served the purpose admirably well. Perhaps&#13;
we have yet to discover that birds have _curiosity_.</p><p>Among the many varieties of wild fowl found on the Potomac, below&#13;
Harper’s Ferry, is the wild swan. The young bird is considered a great&#13;
delicacy; while the old one is hard and without flavour. In a book on&#13;
the District of Columbia, by Mr. Elliott, there are some curious&#13;
particulars respecting their habits, and the manner of taking them.</p><p>“This noble bird,” says the author, “is seen floating near the shores,&#13;
in flocks of some two or three hundred, white as the driven snow, and&#13;
from time to time emitting fine sonorous, and occasionally melodious&#13;
songs; so loud, that they might be heard, on a still evening, two or&#13;
three miles. There are two kinds, so called from their respective&#13;
notes—the one the trumpeter, and the other the hooper; the trumpeter is&#13;
the largest, and when at full size will measure from five to six feet&#13;
from the bill to the point of the toe, and from seven to eight feet from&#13;
the tip of one wing to the tip of the other, when stretched and&#13;
expanded. They are sagacious and wary, and depend more on the sight than&#13;
on the sense of smell. On a neck nearly three feet in length, they are&#13;
enabled to elevate their heads so as to see and distinguish, with a&#13;
quick and penetrating eye, objects at a great distance; and by means of&#13;
this same length of neck they feed in slack tides, by immersing, as is&#13;
their habit, nearly all of the body, and throwing only their feet and&#13;
tails out in three or four feet water, and on the flatty shores they&#13;
frequent, generally beyond gun-shot; the sportsman availing himself,&#13;
however, of a peculiar propensity (of which we shall presently speak&#13;
more particularly) prevailing with them, and some of the other water&#13;
fowl, often _toll_ them within reach of their fire. The swans remain&#13;
here the whole winter, only shifting their ground in severe weather,&#13;
from the frozen to the open part of the river, and dropping down into&#13;
the salts, where it is rarely frozen. They get into good condition soon&#13;
after their arrival in autumn, and remain fat until toward spring, when,&#13;
a few weeks before their departure (about the first of March), they&#13;
gradually become thinner in flesh; and in the latter part of their&#13;
sojourn here, are found so poor and light, that when shot the gunner&#13;
gets nothing fit for use but the feathers. Whether this circumstance be&#13;
owing to their having exhausted the means of subsistence at their&#13;
feeding-places, or that they are taught by Him who rules the universe,&#13;
in small as well as great things, thus by abstaining, to prepare&#13;
themselves for the long aerial voyages they are about to undertake, we&#13;
pretend not to determine with certainty; there is nothing more wonderful&#13;
in this, than in the fact, which is notorious, that they, by exercise,&#13;
regularly and assiduously fit themselves for this continuous effort, to&#13;
bear themselves through the air to the distance of perhaps a thousand&#13;
miles or leagues. Large flocks are seen every day rising from the river,&#13;
and taking a high position, flying out of sight, and apparently moving&#13;
in a circuit to a considerable distance, again returning to or near the&#13;
same place, during the last two or three weeks of their stay.</p><p>“The swan is tolled by a dog, that is taught to play about within easy&#13;
call of his master, at the edge of the water; the hunter contrives to&#13;
place himself behind a log, or some other cover well concealed, before&#13;
he begins his operations, taking care to observe that the direction of&#13;
the wind is not unfavourable to him, and that the flock he means to toll&#13;
is near enough to distinguish such objects on the shore, and under no&#13;
alarm at the time. By what motive these fowls are influenced, we have&#13;
not heard satisfactorily explained; but certain it is, they are very&#13;
commonly brought in from some hundreds of yards’ distance, in this way,&#13;
to within point-blank shot. It is said, and perhaps truly, in the case&#13;
of the dog, that they fancy themselves in pursuit of some animal, as the&#13;
fag, or mink, by which their young are annoyed at their breeding-places.</p><p>“The wild goose is yet more wary and vigilant to keep out of harm’s way&#13;
than the swan. He too is sharp-sighted, but depends much on his sense of&#13;
smell for protection: this is so well known to the huntsman, that he&#13;
never attempts, however he may be concealed from this bird, to approach&#13;
it from the direction of the wind; since he would assuredly be scented&#13;
before he could get within gun-shot, and left to lament his error, by&#13;
the sudden flight of the whole flock. These geese, towards spring, often&#13;
alight on the land, and feed on the herbage in fields; and sometimes in&#13;
such numbers as to do great injury to the wheat fields on the borders of&#13;
the river. When so employed they are difficult of approach, always&#13;
taking a position at a distance from cover of any kind, and marching in&#13;
a single and extended rank, flanked by a watch goose at each extremity;&#13;
which, while all the others are busily feeding, and advancing with their&#13;
heads down among the herbage, moves erect, keeping pace with his&#13;
comrades,—his eyes and nose in a position so as to give him the&#13;
earliest intelligence of the presence of an enemy, though at a great&#13;
distance; and the moment such is perceived, it is communicated to the&#13;
whole company by certain tones used for alarm; and immediately is&#13;
responded to by a halt, and the lifting of heads; and an instant flight,&#13;
or a deliberate return to feeding, takes place, according as the nature&#13;
of the danger, after the examination, may be considered.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                         CALDWELL, LAKE GEORGE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>In the future poetry of America, Lake George will hold the place of Loch&#13;
Katrine in Scotland. The best idea that can be given of it, indeed, to a&#13;
person who has seen Loch Katrine, is to say, that it is the Trosachs on&#13;
a little larger scale. There is the same remarkably clear water in&#13;
both,—the same jutting and bold shores, small green islands, and bright&#13;
vegetation; and the same profusion of nooks and bays. It struck me at&#13;
Loch Katrine, that the waters seemed to have overflowed the dells of an&#13;
undulating country, and left nothing visible but the small green&#13;
hill-tops loaded with vegetation. The impression was owing, no doubt, to&#13;
the reach of the shrubs and grass to the very edge of the water; and the&#13;
same thing produces the same effect at Lake George. When the bosom of&#13;
the lake is tranquil, the small islands, with their reflections below,&#13;
look like globes of heaped-up leaves suspended in the air.</p><p>The extraordinary purity of the waters of Lake George procured for it&#13;
the name of Lake Sacrament; and every stranger is struck with their&#13;
singular transparency. It is singular, that the waters on every side of&#13;
it,—those of Lake Champlain, for example, of the Hudson, and of the&#13;
whole region between the Green Mountains and the Mississippi,—are more&#13;
or less impregnated with lime, while Lake George alone is pellucid and&#13;
pure. It receives its waters, probably, from subjacent springs.</p><p>The surface of this lake is said to be one hundred feet higher than Lake&#13;
Champlain. Another, and probably a more correct estimate, makes the&#13;
difference three hundred. There are three steps to the falls, which form&#13;
the outlet into the latter lake; and the lower one, when the snow is&#13;
melting in spring, is a cataract of uncommon beauty. Lake George is&#13;
frozen over from three to four months; and it is remarked of it, that&#13;
the ice does not sink, as in Lake Champlain, but gradually dissolves.</p><p>Before it became a part of the fashionable tour, this lake was a&#13;
solitude, appropriated more particularly by the deer and the eagle. Both&#13;
have nearly disappeared. The echo of the steam-boat, that has now taken&#13;
the place of the noiseless canoe,—and the peppering of fancy sportsmen,&#13;
that have followed the far-between but more effectual shots of the&#13;
borderer’s rifle,—have drawn from its shores these and other&#13;
circumstances of romance. The only poetry of scene which can take the&#13;
place of that of nature, is historical and legendary; and ages must&#13;
lapse, and generations pass away, and many changes come over the land,&#13;
before that time. We are in the interregnum, now, least favourable for&#13;
poetry.</p><p>Caldwell is a flourishing town, built at the end of the lake, and&#13;
remarkable for nothing, in itself, but a famous hotel, where&#13;
scenery-hunters dine. We turn from this too succulent theme, to give an&#13;
extract from the works of a grave and eminent divine; proving, by its&#13;
glowing enthusiasm, the effect of this lovely scenery even on minds of&#13;
the most serious bent.</p><p>“The whole scenery of this lake is greatly enhanced in beauty and&#13;
splendour, by the progressive change which the traveller sailing on its&#13;
bosom perpetually finds in his position, and by the unceasing&#13;
variegations of light and shade which attend his progress. The gradual&#13;
and the sudden openings of scoops and basins, of islands and points, of&#13;
promontories and summits—the continual change of their forms, and their&#13;
equally gradual and sudden disappearance,—impart to every object a&#13;
brilliancy, life, and motion, scarcely inferior to that which is seen in&#13;
the images formed by the camera-obscura, and in strength and&#13;
distinctness greatly superior. Light and shade are here not only far&#13;
more diversified, but are much more obvious, intense, and flowing, than&#13;
in smooth, open countries. Every thing, whether on the land or water,&#13;
was here affected by the changes of the day; and the eye, without&#13;
forecast, found itself, however disposed on ordinary occasions to&#13;
inattention, instinctively engaged, and fastened with emotions&#13;
approximating to rapture. The shadows of the mountains, particularly on&#13;
the west, floating slowly over the bosom of the lake, and then softly&#13;
ascending that of the mountains on the east, presented to us, in a wide&#13;
expanse, the uncommon and most pleasing image of one vast range of&#13;
mountains slowly moving up the ascent of another.</p><p>“On the evening of Friday, the 1st of October, while we were returning&#13;
from Ticonderoga, we were presented with a prospect superior to any&#13;
which I ever beheld. An opening lay before us, between the mountains on&#13;
the west and those on the east, gilded by the departing sunbeams. The&#13;
lake, alternately glassy and gently rippled, of a light and exquisite&#13;
sapphire, gay and brilliant with the tremulous lustre already mentioned&#13;
floating upon its surface, stretched in prospect to a vast distance,&#13;
through a great variety of larger and smaller apertures. In the chasm,&#13;
formed by the mountains, lay a multitude of islands, differing in size,&#13;
shape, and umbrage, and clothed in deeply-shaded green. Beyond them, and&#13;
often partly hidden behind the tall and variously-figured trees with&#13;
which they were tufted, rose, in the west and south-west, a long range&#13;
of distant mountains, tinged with a deep misty azure, and crowned with&#13;
an immense succession of lofty pines. Above the mountains, and above&#13;
each other, were extended in great numbers long streaming clouds, of the&#13;
happiest forms, and painted with red and orange light, in all their&#13;
diversities of tincture.</p><p>“To complete the scenery of this lake, the efforts of cultivation are&#13;
obviously wanting. The hand of the husbandman has already begun to clear&#13;
these grounds, and will, at no great distance of time, adorn them with&#13;
all the smiling scenes of agriculture. It does not demand the gift of&#13;
prophecy to foresee, that the villas of opulence and refinement will,&#13;
within half a century, add here all the elegances of art to the beauty&#13;
and majesty of nature.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                   CENTRE HARBOUR, LAKE WINIPISEOGEE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>There are several considerable promontories which intrude into Lake&#13;
Winipiseogee, and on one of them is built the town of Centre Harbour.&#13;
The lake is near the middle of the state of New Hampshire, of a very&#13;
irregular form, and at the western end is divided into three large bays.&#13;
There are nine townships on its borders, of which Centre Harbour, the&#13;
largest, is on the north-west side. The waters of the lake in some&#13;
places are unfathomable, but abound with fish. It will still be some&#13;
years, probably, before the navigation of this body of water will become&#13;
of much importance.</p><p>Beside the beauty of nature, which is prodigal on the borders of this&#13;
lovely lake, there is little of interest beyond what is found in the&#13;
recollections of the Indian wars. Penhallow’s History, which till lately&#13;
has been a rare book, has rescued New Hampshire from the obscurity in&#13;
which some of the other states remain, on these curious and interesting&#13;
subjects. One wonders, in reading of the critical adventures of the&#13;
early settlers, what offset the country could give them against such a&#13;
frail tenure of life. “At one time,” says the journal, “the people of&#13;
Dunstable were advised of a party of two hundred and seventy Indians&#13;
that were coming upon them. Their first descent was on the 3d of July,&#13;
when they fell on a garrison that had twenty troopers in it, who, by&#13;
their negligence, keeping no watch, suffered them to enter, which tended&#13;
to the destruction of half their number. After that, a small party&#13;
attacked Daniel Galusha’s house, who held them in play for some time,&#13;
till the old man’s courage failed; when, on surrendering himself, he&#13;
informed them of the state of the garrison; how that one man was killed,&#13;
and only two men and a boy left; which caused them to rally anew, and&#13;
with greater courage than before. Upon which, one with the boy got out&#13;
on the back side, leaving only Jacob to fight the battle, who, for some&#13;
time, defended himself with much bravery; but overpowered with force,&#13;
and finding none to assist him, was obliged to quit it, and make his&#13;
escape as well as he could: but before he got far, the enemy laid hold&#13;
of him once and again; and yet, by much struggling, he rescued himself.&#13;
Upon this, they burnt the house; and next day about forty more fell on&#13;
Amesbury, where they killed eight: two, at the same time, who were at&#13;
work in a field, hearing an outcry, hastened to their relief, but being&#13;
pursued, ran to a deserted house, in which were two flankers, where each&#13;
of them found an old gun, but neither of them fit for service; and if&#13;
they were, had neither powder nor shot to load with: however, each took&#13;
a flanker, and made the best appearance they could, by thrusting the&#13;
muzzles of their guns outside the port-holes, crying aloud, ‘Here they&#13;
are, but do not fire till they come nearer;’ which put the enemy into&#13;
such a fright, that they instantly drew off.”—_Penhallow._</p><p>“From thence they went to Kingstown, where they killed and wounded&#13;
several cattle. About the same time, Joseph English, who was a friend&#13;
Indian, going from Dunstable to Chelmsford, with a man and his wife on&#13;
horseback, was shot dead; the woman taken, but the man made his escape.&#13;
On the 8th of July, five Indians, a little before night, fell on an&#13;
out-house in Reading, where they surprised a woman with eight children:&#13;
the former, with the three youngest, were instantly despatched, and the&#13;
others they carried captive; but one of the children, unable to travel,&#13;
they knocked on the head, and left in the swamp, concluding it was dead;&#13;
but awhile after, it was found alive. The neighbourhood being alarmed,&#13;
got ready by the morning, and coming on their track, pursued them so&#13;
near that they recovered three of the children, and put the enemy in&#13;
such a terror, that they not only quitted their plunder and blankets,&#13;
but the other captive also: several strokes were afterwards made on&#13;
Chelmsford, Sudbury, and Groton, where three soldiers, as they were&#13;
going to public worship, were waylaid by a small party, who killed two,&#13;
and made the other prisoner.</p><p>“At Exeter, a company of French Mohawks, who some time kept lurking&#13;
about Captain Hilton’s garrison, took a view of all that went in and&#13;
out; and observing some to go with their scythes to mow, lay in ambush&#13;
till they laid by their arms, and while at work, rushed on at once, and&#13;
by intercepting them from their arms, killed four, wounded one, and&#13;
carried three captive; so that out of ten, two only escaped. A while&#13;
after, two of those that were taken, viz. Mr. Edward Hall and Samuel&#13;
Myals, made their escape; but the fatigue and difficulty that they went&#13;
through (besides the terror and fear they were under of being taken)&#13;
were almost incredible; for in three weeks together, they had nothing to&#13;
subsist on except a few lily roots, and the rinds of trees.</p><p>“It would be an endless task to enumerate the various sufferings that&#13;
many groaned under, by long marching with heavy burdens through heat and&#13;
cold; and when ready to faint for want of food, they were frequently&#13;
knocked on the head: teeming women, in cold blood, have been ript open;&#13;
others fastened to stakes and burnt alive; and yet the finger of God did&#13;
eminently appear in several instances, of which I shall mention the&#13;
following:—</p><p>“Of Rebekah Taylor, who after her return from captivity, gave me the&#13;
following account:—That when she was going to Canada, on the back of&#13;
Montreal river, she was violently insulted by Sampson, her bloody&#13;
master, who without any provocation was resolved to hang her; and for&#13;
want of a rope, made use of his girdle, which when he had fastened about&#13;
her neck, he attempted to hoist her up on the limb of a tree (that hung&#13;
in the nature of a gibbet), but in hoisting her, the weight of her body&#13;
broke it asunder; which so exasperated the cruel tyrant that he made a&#13;
second attempt, resolving if he failed in that, to knock her on the&#13;
head; but before he had power to effect it, Bomaseen came along, and&#13;
seeing the tragedy on foot, prevented the fatal stroke.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                       YALE COLLEGE AT NEWHAVEN.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Yale College was founded in the year 1700, sixty-five years after the&#13;
erection of the first house in the Colony of Connecticut. Ten of the&#13;
principal ministers, nominated by general consent of the clergy, met at&#13;
New Haven, and formed themselves into a society, the object of which was&#13;
to found a college in the colony. At their next meeting each brought a&#13;
number of books, and presented them for the library, and the following&#13;
year the Legislature granted them a charter, constituting them “Trustees&#13;
of a Collegiate School in his Majesty’s Colony of Connecticut.”</p><p>The principal benefactor of the infant institution was the Hon. Elihu&#13;
Yale, of London, Governor of the East India Company. This gentleman was&#13;
descended from a family in Wales, which for many generations held the&#13;
manor of Plas Grannow, near Rexon. His father, Thomas Yale, Esq., came&#13;
from England with the first colonists of New Haven. In this town, Elihu,&#13;
the subsequent benefactor of the College, was born, and at ten years of&#13;
age he was sent to England. Thence he went to Hindostan, and after&#13;
twenty years’ residence, was made Governor of Madras. He returned to&#13;
London with an immense fortune, was chosen Governor of the East India&#13;
Company, and died at Rexon in 1721. “This gentleman,” says the College&#13;
historian, “sent, in several donations, to the Collegiate School, five&#13;
hundred pounds sterling; and a little before his death, ordered goods to&#13;
be sent out to the value of five hundred pounds more; but they were&#13;
never received. In gratitude for this munificence, the Trustees, by a&#13;
solemn act, named their seminary Yale College; a name which, it is&#13;
believed, will convey the memory of his good works to distant&#13;
generations.”</p><p>Among other benefactors to this institution was the Rev. Dr. Berkeley,&#13;
Dean of Derry, in Ireland, and afterwards Bishop of Cloyne. This&#13;
distinguished divine came to America in 1732, for the purpose of&#13;
establishing a college in the island of Bermuda; a purpose to which he&#13;
sacrificed considerable time, property and labour. He had been promised&#13;
twenty thousand pounds by the ministry for the completion of this work,&#13;
but the sum was never paid, and the project failed. Dr. Berkeley then&#13;
bought a farm in Newport, Rhode Island, and while residing there, became&#13;
acquainted with the circumstances of Yale College, and ultimately made&#13;
the institution a present of his farm, and sent the Trustees from&#13;
England “the finest collection of books that ever came at one time to&#13;
America.”</p><p>Since this period Yale College has continued to thrive in means and&#13;
usefulness, and it is now, in the numbers of its students, and in its&#13;
practical advantages, we believe, the first College in the United&#13;
States. That of Harvard, (founded sixty or seventy years earlier,) is&#13;
better endowed, but more expensive and less frequented. It is a curious&#13;
fact, in the early history of nations, by the way, that the Act to&#13;
incorporate Harvard College was passed, and the College in operation,&#13;
_ten years after the first settlement of the Colony_.</p><p>The whole amount of fees of tuition at Yale College is about thirty-five&#13;
dollars a year, near seven pounds sterling. Board and every expense&#13;
included, it is thought in New England that three hundred dollars&#13;
(60_l._) a year is a sufficient allowance for the education of a boy at&#13;
this institution. The course of study embraces four years, and the&#13;
discipline is impartial and severe. Instances occur annually of degrees&#13;
refused, and degradations of standing in consequence of failures in&#13;
examination; and over the morals of the students, particularly, the&#13;
vigilance of the faculty is untiring and effective.</p><p>Perhaps one of the best, and certainly one of the peculiar advantages of&#13;
Yale College, is the extent and excellence of the society in New Haven,&#13;
and its accessibility to the students. The town contains near ten&#13;
thousand inhabitants, most of them people of education, connected in&#13;
some way with the College; or opulent families drawn thither by the&#13;
extreme beauty of the town, and its air of refinement and repose. The&#13;
upper classes of students mingle freely in this simple and pure society,&#13;
which, it is not too much to say, is one of the most elegant and highly&#13;
cultivated in the world. Polished manners and the usages of social life&#13;
are thus insensibly gained with improvement of mind; and in a country&#13;
like this, where those advantages are not attainable by all in early&#13;
life, the privilege is inestimable.</p><p>The college buildings of New Haven are more remarkable for their utility&#13;
than for the beauty of their architecture; but, buried in trees, and&#13;
standing on the ridge of a sloping green, they have altogether a&#13;
beautiful effect, and an air of elegant and studious repose. Few&#13;
strangers ever pass through New Haven without expressing a wish to take&#13;
up their abode, and pass their days, among its picturesque avenues and&#13;
gardens.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                   THE WILLEY-HOUSE—WHITE MOUNTAINS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The particulars of what is called the _Willey Tragedy_ are well known to&#13;
all readers of newspapers. This family lived in the Notch of the White&#13;
Mountains, under the western range, and consisted of nine persons. They&#13;
had retired at night, when a very unusual noise in the mountains roused&#13;
them from their beds, and, in terror at its increasing thunders, they&#13;
unfortunately abandoned the house, and sought refuge in flight. A vast&#13;
mass of earth and rocks, disengaged from the precipices above them,&#13;
suddenly rushed down the side of the mountain, and sweeping every thing&#13;
before it, divided in the rear of the house, reunited again, leaving it&#13;
unharmed, and thundered down to the valley, overwhelming the fugitive&#13;
family in its career. The manuscript journal of a friend, who had made&#13;
two excursions to the spot, gives us an account of its present aspect.</p><p>“In a short time we came to the well-known house of the Willey family,&#13;
which of course we paused to examine. Nothing can be conceived more&#13;
lonely than this wild place. The mountains tower on both sides of the&#13;
valley to the height of four or five hundred feet, with deep channels&#13;
worn into their sides by the winter torrents; and in many places the&#13;
rocks are left bare for acres by the slides of avalanches that have&#13;
rushed into the valley. The house in which the unfortunate family dwelt&#13;
stands under the western range of mountains, and the avalanche came down&#13;
nearly from the summit. We remained gazing on the scene for some time.&#13;
The sky above was clear, and spanned the interval between the mountains,&#13;
seeming to rest on their summits, while a swift breeze drove over the&#13;
hills below, in swift succession, a few thin and fleecy clouds. The wind&#13;
entered the outer door of the desolate dwelling, which had been left&#13;
open, with a broken chair set against it; and as it surged back and&#13;
forth, violently shut and opened the inner doors, with a noise that&#13;
seemed the voice of the very spirit of desolation. The effect was&#13;
startling and dismal.”</p><p>This is, we believe, the most disastrous avalanche on record in this&#13;
country, and the only one of any importance, which was merely a descent&#13;
of earth and rocks. What is called a _cloud-burst_ is not uncommon in&#13;
the mountainous regions of the north; and there are several striking&#13;
examples recorded.</p><p>In the autumn of 1784, in the latter part of the night, a deluge of&#13;
water descended from Saddle Mountain, in Massachusetts. A family, which&#13;
lived in a house at some distance from the foot of the mountain, not far&#13;
from a brook, were suddenly awakened out of their sleep by the united&#13;
roaring of the wind and the torrent. In their flight they hastily&#13;
dressed themselves, and escaped from the house, the ground-floor of&#13;
which was by this time six inches under water. When they returned in the&#13;
morning, they found the house so completely swept away, that no part of&#13;
it was left. The brook, through the channel of which this flood&#13;
discharged itself, had never before, even in the highest freshets,&#13;
approached the house by a considerable distance.</p><p>Subsequent examination of the mountain disclosed that the descent of&#13;
water commenced not far from the summit; for two or three rods above the&#13;
spot where the ground first began to be broken, the trees and shrubs&#13;
appear to have been swept away by the violence of the deluge. The broken&#13;
ground is, at first, not more than six feet wide, but rapidly becomes&#13;
wider as it descends; so that within one hundred and fifty feet it is&#13;
about three rods in breadth, and in the widest place five or six.&#13;
Towards the lower limit its breadth gradually diminishes, until it&#13;
terminates in a gutter, which in some places is five or six feet deep;&#13;
this continues several rods, and then branches into other channels,&#13;
which, though covered with leaves and moss, are discernible quite down&#13;
to the brook at the foot of the mountain. The whole length of the broken&#13;
ground is about one hundred and thirty rods. Towards the bottom there&#13;
were standing the stumps of large trees, whose tops were broken off by&#13;
the deluge; and above they were entirely swept away, not leaving a&#13;
trace. By what means a mass of water, sufficient for these phenomena, is&#13;
collected and suspended over the mountains, or what occasioned the&#13;
disruption of the mass of earth and rock which overwhelmed the family in&#13;
the White Mountains, are points not easily settled.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                      BATTLE MONUMENT, BALTIMORE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This monument stands on the summit of a rising ground, in the centre of&#13;
one of the best built squares of Baltimore, and is a very considerable&#13;
ornament to the town. It is intended to commemorate the name and fame of&#13;
those citizens of Baltimore who fell in its defence in 1814. An Egyptian&#13;
base, raised to the height of about four feet from the pavement of the&#13;
street, is surmounted by a column, representing fasces, upon the bands&#13;
of which are placed in bronze letters the names of the thirty-nine&#13;
citizens. On each angle of the base are griffins, and the lower part of&#13;
the column is ornamented with _bassi relievi_, representing scenes of&#13;
the contest. The whole is crowned by a statue personifying the city,&#13;
with the eagle at her side, holding a laurel wreath. The entire height&#13;
of the monument is fifty-two feet.</p><p>The defence of Baltimore was one of the most spirited of the many&#13;
gallant actions on our sea-board and frontier during the late war; and&#13;
it occurred more opportunely, as it followed so closely upon the defeat&#13;
at Bladensburgh, which, though inevitable from the superior numbers of&#13;
the enemy, was still accompanied with the mortification inseparable from&#13;
such disaster.</p><p>After the embarkation of the troops under General Ross, (who had bought&#13;
his victory at Bladensburgh with the loss of nearly a thousand men,)&#13;
Admiral Cochrane concentrated his fleet, and made preparations for the&#13;
attack on Baltimore. The whole squadron, amounting to forty vessels,&#13;
sailed soon after for the Patapsco, and arriving near North Point,&#13;
twelve miles from the city, the ships of the line anchored across the&#13;
channel, and commenced the debarkation of troops. By the morning of the&#13;
12th of September about 8,000 soldiers, sailors, and marines, were in&#13;
readiness to march upon the town, and sixteen bomb vessels and frigates&#13;
proceeded up the river, and anchored within two miles and a half of Fort&#13;
M^{c}Henry.</p><p>This garrison, which was mainly relied on for the protection of the&#13;
city, was defended by about 5,000 men, and a detachment of about 3,000&#13;
was sent on by the North Point road to annoy or engage the enemy at his&#13;
approach. Intelligence soon came in, that a light corps was advancing;&#13;
and two companies of infantry, with a few riflemen, and ten artillerists&#13;
with a single four-pounder, proceeded half a mile, and met and engaged&#13;
the main body. The situation of the ground would not admit of the&#13;
cooperation of the artillery and cavalry; and the infantry and riflemen&#13;
sustained the whole action with great gallantry. The advance of the&#13;
enemy was checked, and Major-General Ross and several other British&#13;
officers killed.</p><p>The detachment now fell back upon the main line of the American force,&#13;
and after some skirmishing with rockets and artillery at a distance, the&#13;
whole force of the enemy pushed forward, and attacked the two regiments&#13;
on the left with great impetuosity. These being thrown into confusion, a&#13;
general fire was opened upon the British line, and a vigorous action&#13;
followed, which lasted till four o’clock. At that hour the American&#13;
force amounting to but about 1,400, and the British to about 7,000,&#13;
General Stucker fell back upon the reserve regiment, and was joined by&#13;
some other companies, who took position with him within half a mile of&#13;
the entrenchments.</p><p>Early the following morning the Admiral made signals to the British&#13;
officer in command on shore, that the frigates, bomb-ships, and flotilla&#13;
of barges, would take their stations to bombard the town and fort in the&#13;
course of the morning. The land forces accordingly moved forward, and&#13;
took up a position two miles eastward of the entrenchments. The day was&#13;
chiefly passed in manœuvring; but Colonel Brooke, after a vain attempt&#13;
to make a detour through the country, concentrated the English force&#13;
directly in front of the American line, drove in the outposts, and made&#13;
preparations for an attack in the night.</p><p>The night was stormy; and in the morning it was discovered that the&#13;
enemy had abandoned his position. The troops were re-embarked, and a&#13;
bombardment commenced, which lasted till the following morning, during&#13;
which a fleet of barges attempted to storm Fort Covington, but were&#13;
repulsed with great loss. With the failure of this attempt the&#13;
undertaking was abandoned altogether, and the fleet stood down the&#13;
river.</p><p>When the bombardment commenced, the fort opened its batteries upon the&#13;
ships; but, the shot falling short, the little garrison were compelled&#13;
to keep their post without retaliation. There were four killed and&#13;
twenty-four wounded in the entrenchments, and among the former were two&#13;
very gallant young men, Lieutenants Clagett and Clem, volunteer&#13;
officers.</p><p>The entire loss of the British could not be ascertained. That of the&#13;
Americans on the field was about 150, which, added to those in the fort,&#13;
makes a total of 178.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                       A FOREST, ON LAKE ONTARIO.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The view over this immense forest was taken in the Tuscarora&#13;
reservation, from an Indian cabin, which serves as a sort of&#13;
halting-place for travellers to Niagara. We arrived here about noon,&#13;
emerging from a tract of deep woods which had darkened the road for&#13;
several miles, and glancing off to the right, discovered that we were&#13;
following a high ridge, from which extended, with a radius of forty&#13;
miles, one unbroken sea of foliage. A thin silver line on the very rim&#13;
of the horizon looked brighter than the sky, and we found on inquiry&#13;
that it was Lake Ontario, which, with its thread of bright light, forms&#13;
a limit to what, else, were an object as boundless as the sea.</p><p>An Indian woman of about forty, dressed very neatly, came out to offer&#13;
for sale specimens of Indian workmanship, such as moccasins, pouches,&#13;
&amp;c.; and, among other things, a beautiful little model of a bark canoe.&#13;
De Kalm, who travelled in this country in 1749, gives a very detailed&#13;
account of the making of a canoe. He was going to Canada under the&#13;
escort of a party of Indians, who, on coming to a portage of forty&#13;
miles, between the Hudson and Lake Champlain, (now superseded by a&#13;
canal,) were compelled to leave their canoe and build another.</p><p>“The making of the canoe,” he says, “took up half yesterday and all this&#13;
day. To make such a boat, they pick out a thick, tall elm, with a smooth&#13;
bark, and with as few branches as possible. This tree is cut down, and&#13;
great care is taken to prevent the bark from being hurt by falling&#13;
against other trees, or against the ground. With this view some do not&#13;
fell the trees, but climb to the top of them, split the bark, and strip&#13;
it off; which was the method our boat-builder took. The bark is split on&#13;
one side, in a straight line along the tree, as long as the boat is&#13;
intended to be; at the same time the bark is carefully cut from the stem&#13;
a little way on both sides of the slit, that it may more easily&#13;
separate. The bark is then peeled off very carefully, and particular&#13;
care is taken not to make any holes in it; this is easy when the sap is&#13;
in the trees; and at other seasons the tree is heated by the fire for&#13;
that purpose.</p><p>“The bark thus stripped off is spread on the ground, in a smooth place,&#13;
turning the inside downwards, and the rough outside upwards; and to&#13;
stretch it better, some logs of wood or stones are carefully put on it,&#13;
which press it down. Then the sides of the bark are gently bent upwards,&#13;
in order to form the sides of the boat. Some sticks are then fixed into&#13;
the ground at the distance of three or four feet from each other, in the&#13;
curve line in which the sides of the boat are intended to be, supporting&#13;
the bark intended for the sides. The sides of the bark are then bent in&#13;
the form which the boat is to have, and according to that, the sticks&#13;
are either put near or further off.</p><p>“The ribs of the canoe are made of thick branches of hickory, they being&#13;
tough and pliable. They are cut into several flat pieces, about an inch&#13;
thick, and bent into the form which the ribs require, according to their&#13;
places in the broader or narrower part of the boat. The upper edge on&#13;
each side is made of two thin poles, of the length of the boat, which&#13;
are put close together on the side, being flat where they are joined.&#13;
The edge of the bark is put between these two poles, and sewed up with&#13;
threads of the mouse-wood, or other tough bark, or with roots.</p><p>“After this is done, the poles are sewed together, and being bent&#13;
properly, both ends join at each end of the boat, where they are tied&#13;
together with ropes. To prevent the widening of the boat at the top,&#13;
three or four transverse bands are put across it, from one edge to the&#13;
other, at the distance of thirty or forty inches from each other, made&#13;
of hickory.</p><p>“As the bark at the two ends of the boat cannot be put so close together&#13;
as to keep out the water, the crevices are stopped up with the crushed&#13;
or pounded bark of the red elm, which in that state looks like oakum.&#13;
Some pieces of bark are put on the ribs of the boat, without which the&#13;
foot would easily pierce the thin and weak bottom. The side of the bark&#13;
which runs next the wood thus becomes the outside of the boat, because&#13;
it is smooth and slippery, and cuts the water with less difficulty than&#13;
the other.</p><p>“The building of these boats is not always quick; for sometimes it&#13;
happens that after peeling the bark off an elm, and carefully examining&#13;
it, it is found pierced with holes and slits, or is too thin to venture&#13;
one’s life in. That which we made was big enough to bear four persons,&#13;
with our baggage, which weighed somewhat more than a man.</p><p>“All possible precautions must be taken in rowing on rivers with bark&#13;
canoes; for when rowing fast, a broken branch under water would carry&#13;
half the boat away. To get into it also requires great care, for the&#13;
heels may very easily pierce through the bottom.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
           VIADUCT ON THE BALTIMORE AND WASHINGTON RAIL-ROAD.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The Patuxent, which is leaped over so lightly at this place by the&#13;
arches of the Viaduct, becomes, ere long, a stream which is not only&#13;
respectable in size, but most respectable in story. It will ever be&#13;
associated with the name and fame of the gallant Barney, who, though his&#13;
exertions could not prevent ultimate defeat, did much to sustain his&#13;
country’s honour, and has made his own imperishable.</p><p>While the British squadron was blockading the eastern coast during the&#13;
summer of 1814, Commodore Barney sailed from Baltimore in command of a&#13;
flotilla consisting of a cutter, two gun-boats, a galley, and nine large&#13;
barges, for the protection of the inlets and harbours in the several&#13;
parts of the bay. On the 1st of June, being at the mouth of the&#13;
Patuxent, he discovered two schooners, one of which carried eighteen&#13;
guns; and immediately gave chase. The schooners were joined, however, by&#13;
a large ship, which despatched a number of barges to their assistance;&#13;
and the commodore sailed up the Patuxent to avoid being cut off from the&#13;
Potomac. The schooners and barges following him, he engaged and drove&#13;
them back, and then anchored within three miles of the seventy-four. In&#13;
the course of a few days, the enemy was reinforced by a rasee and a&#13;
sloop of war; and joining the barges of these vessels, they followed the&#13;
flotilla into St. Leonard’s Creek, across which Commodore Barney formed&#13;
his boats in line of battle. A sharp engagement ensued, the enemy gave&#13;
way, and the flotilla pursued them to within a short distance of their&#13;
shipping. In the afternoon, the enemy made another attempt with twenty&#13;
barges and two schooners. After a warm action, the barges were driven&#13;
back upon the eighteen-gun schooner, which, in attempting to beat out,&#13;
was so severely handled, that her crew ran her aground and abandoned&#13;
her. On the 26th, a corps of artillery arrived from Washington to the&#13;
commodore’s assistance, and a combined attack was made on the whole&#13;
squadron. The action continued two hours; at the end of which the&#13;
enemy’s ships were driven from their anchorage, and stood down the&#13;
river.</p><p>The cessation of hostilities in Europe, enabled the British government&#13;
to send out powerful reinforcements to their fleets and armies in&#13;
America; and Sir Alexander Cochrane soon arrived with thirty sail,&#13;
having on board several thousand men, under command of Major General&#13;
Ross. This force entered the Chesapeake, and a plan of attack on&#13;
Washington, Alexandria, and Baltimore, was adopted. Admiral Cochrane&#13;
very honourably informed the Secretary of State that he had orders to&#13;
lay waste all the accessible towns on the coast; and the fleet, in two&#13;
divisions, soon after approached the capital by the Potomac and the&#13;
Patuxent.</p><p>In obedience to orders, Commodore Barney blew up his flotilla in the&#13;
Patuxent, and with his seamen and marines, joined the army under General&#13;
Winder. General Ross landed six thousand men at the head of frigate&#13;
navigation, and, with five thousand, General Winder met him at&#13;
Bladensburg. The action commenced at mid-day. Commodore Barney had been&#13;
placed with his battery in the main road by which the enemy advanced;&#13;
and after two or three vain attempts were made to pass him, the main&#13;
column fell back in disorder, and it was found necessary to flank his&#13;
right. The British were gaining ground, however, in every other part of&#13;
the line; and Commodore Barney was soon left with his small force&#13;
standing alone.</p><p>General Ross had now nearly complete command of the field; the&#13;
ammunition waggons had been driven off in the disorder, and the&#13;
commodore was reduced to a single round of cartridge. He had besides&#13;
received a severe wound in the thigh. Thus situated, he gave reluctant&#13;
orders for retreat; and after being carried a short distance, he fell,&#13;
exhausted with loss of blood. He was soon after taken prisoner, and&#13;
removed to the enemy’s hospital, where he was treated, by the orders of&#13;
General Ross, with the greatest kindness; and, on his recovery, released&#13;
on his parole.</p><p>After his victory at Bladensburgh, General Ross marched directly to the&#13;
capital, and proceeded immediately to burn all the public buildings,&#13;
library, &amp;c. Then, as now, Washington was merely a diplomatic capital,&#13;
very thinly populated; and the few inhabitants were unable to make any&#13;
show of resistance. No comment is necessary on an act which the English&#13;
nation itself was the first to condemn.</p><p>The division of the enemy’s fleet which sailed up the Potomac,&#13;
consisting of eight sail, was directed to attack Alexandria. That small&#13;
town surrendered, and obtained a stipulation, upon very ungenerous&#13;
conditions, that their houses should not be entered or destroyed.&#13;
Captain Gordon, who was in command, sailed soon after down the river&#13;
with a fleet of prize vessels taken from the town, and a great amount of&#13;
property. He received some damage from the batteries lower down, but&#13;
joined the rest of the squadron in the Chesapeake, and accompanied them&#13;
in their less successful attacks on Baltimore.</p><p>We think the “City of Monuments,” as the last-mentioned town is called,&#13;
should erect a monument to the memory of Barney.</p><p>“A TRIBUTE TO THE BRAVE.</p><p>“Though furled be the banner of blood on the plain,&#13;
      And rusted the sabre once crimsoned with gore;&#13;
      Though hushed be the ravens that croaked o’er the slain,&#13;
      And calmed into silence the battle’s loud roar;&#13;
      Though Peace with her rosy smile gladden the vales,&#13;
      And Commerce unshackled dance over the wave;&#13;
      Though Music and Song may enliven the gales,&#13;
      And Joy crown with roses and myrtle the brave;&#13;
      Like spirits that start from the sleep of the dead,&#13;
      Our heroes shall rouse when the ’larum shall blow;&#13;
      Then Freedom’s broad flag on the wind shall be spread,&#13;
      And Valour’s sword flash in the face of the foe.&#13;
      Our Eagle shall rise ’mid the whirlwinds of war,&#13;
      And dart through the dun cloud of battle his eye—&#13;
      Shall spread his wide wings on the tempest afar,&#13;
      O’er spirits of valour that conquer or die.&#13;
      And ne’er shall the rage of the conflict be o’er,&#13;
      And ne’er shall the warm blood of life cease to flow,&#13;
      And still ’mid the smoke of the battle shall roam&#13;
      Our Eagle—till scattered and fled be the foe.&#13;
      When Peace shall disarm War’s dark brow of its frown,&#13;
      And roses shall bloom on the soldier’s rude grave—&#13;
      Then Honour shall weave of the laurel a crown,&#13;
      That Beauty shall bind on the brow of the brave.”—PERCIVAL.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                             INDIAN FALLS,&#13;
                          OPPOSITE WEST POINT.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This is a secluded and delicious bit of nature, hidden amid rocks and&#13;
woods, on the shore of the Hudson, but possessing a refinement and an&#13;
elegance in its wildness which would almost give one the idea that it&#13;
was an object of beauty in some royal park. One of the most secret&#13;
streams that feed this finest of our rivers, finds its way down through&#13;
a winding and almost trackless channel; and after fretting over rocks,&#13;
and loitering in dark and limpid pools for several miles, suddenly&#13;
bursts out over a precipice of fifty feet, and fills with its clear&#13;
waters the sheltered basin seen in the drawing. Immense trees overhang&#13;
it on every side, and follow the stream still on in its course; and, in&#13;
the depth of summer, the foaming current scarcely catches a ray of the&#13;
sun from its source to its outlet. The floor of the basin below the&#13;
Falls is pebbly, the water is clear and cool, the spot secluded, and, in&#13;
all respects, Nature has formed it for a bath. A fair and famous lady,&#13;
residing a summer or two since at West Point, was its first known&#13;
Musidora, and the limpid and bright basin is already called after her&#13;
name.</p><p>A large party visiting at a hospitable house, where the artist and his&#13;
travelling companion were entertained during the heat of the last&#13;
summer, proposed to accompany him on his visit to the Indian Falls.&#13;
Excursions on the banks of the Hudson are usually made in boats; but it&#13;
was necessary to see some points of view from the hills between, and we&#13;
walked out to the stables to see what could be done for vehicles and&#13;
cattle. A farm waggon, with its tail up in the air, built after an old&#13;
Dutch fashion, which still prevails in New York,—a sort of loosely&#13;
jointed, long, lumbering vehicle, which was meant to go over any rock&#13;
smaller than a beer-barrel without upsetting—was the only “consarn,” as&#13;
the “help” called it, which would hold the party. With straw in the&#13;
bottom, and straps put across from peg to peg, it would carry eleven,&#13;
and the driver.</p><p>Horses were the next consideration; and here we were rather staggered. A&#13;
vicious old mare, that kept a wheelwright and a surgeon in constant&#13;
employ,—and a powerful young colt, half broken,—were the only steeds&#13;
in stable. However either might be made to go alone, they had never been&#13;
tried together; and the double waggon harness was the worse for service.&#13;
The “help” suggested very sensibly that the load would be too heavy to&#13;
run away with, and that if the mare kicked, or the colt bolted—or, in&#13;
short, if any thing happened, except backing over a precipice, we had&#13;
only to sit still and let them do their “darndest.”</p><p>We cobbled the harness in its weak spots, shook down the straw for the&#13;
ladies, nailed up the tail-board, which had lost its rods, got the&#13;
cattle in, and brought up quietly to the door. The ladies and the&#13;
champagne were put in, and the colt was led off by the bit, shaking his&#13;
head, and catching up his hind leg; while the demure old mare drew off&#13;
tamely and steadily, “never wicked,” as the ploughman said, “till you&#13;
got her dander up with a tough hill.” The driver had a chain with a list&#13;
bottom, and, having had some practice in Charing Cross and Fleet Street,&#13;
fingered his reins and flourished his maple whip through the village,&#13;
evidently not thinking himself or his driving _de la petite bière_.</p><p>The road, which followed the ridges of the superb hills skirting the&#13;
river opposite West Point, was, in some places, scarce fit even for a&#13;
bridle-path; and, at every few paces, came a rock, which we believed&#13;
passable when we had surged over it—not before. The two ill-matched&#13;
animals drew to a wonder; and the ladies and the champagne had escaped&#13;
all damage, till, as the enemy of mankind would have it, our ambitious&#13;
whip saw stretching out before him a fair quarter of a mile of more even&#13;
road. A slight touch of the whip sent off the colt in a jump, carrying&#13;
away the off trace with the first spring; the old mare struck into a&#13;
gallop, and, with the broken trace striking against the colt’s heels,&#13;
and the whippletree parallel with the pole, away they went as nearly in&#13;
a tandem as the remaining part of the harness would allow. The&#13;
tail-board soon flew off, and let out two unsuspecting gentlemen, who&#13;
had placed their backs and their reliance upon it; and the screams of&#13;
the ladies added what was wanting to raise the “dander” of the old mare&#13;
to its most unpleasant climax. The straps gave way, the ladies rolled&#13;
together in the straw, the driver tossed about on his list-bottomed&#13;
chain, the champagne corks flew,—and presently, as if we were driven by&#13;
a battering-ram against a wall, we brought up with a tremendous crash,&#13;
and stood still. We had come to a sharp turn in the road; and the&#13;
horses, unable to turn, had leaped a low stone wall, and breaking clear&#13;
of every thing, left us on one side, while they thrashed the ripe wheat&#13;
with the whippletrees on the other.</p><p>The ladies were undamaged, fortunately; and, with one champagne bottle&#13;
saved from the wreck, we completed the excursion to the Falls on foot,&#13;
and were too happy to return by water.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                 COLUMBIA BRIDGE, OVER THE SUSQUEHANNA.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This fine bridge is a mile and a half in length, and forms a beautiful&#13;
span over the broad waters of the river at this place. The many windings&#13;
of the Susquehanna make its shallowness and incapacity for navigation&#13;
less a disadvantage than would have been felt on a more direct&#13;
water-course; and the ingenuity and enterprise of the country in the&#13;
construction of canals, bridges, and rail-roads, have left nothing to&#13;
desire in the matter of facilities for travel. It is always a reasonable&#13;
query to any, except a business traveller, whether the saving of time&#13;
and fatigue in the wonderful improvements in locomotion is an equivalent&#13;
for the loss of rough adventure and knowledge of the detail of a country&#13;
acquired by hardship and delay. Contrast the journey over a rail-road at&#13;
a pace of fifteen miles in the hour, through the rough, the picturesque&#13;
valley of the Susquehanna, with a journey over the same ground ninety&#13;
years ago, as presented in the travels of Peter Kalm. He was on&#13;
horseback, with Indian guides.</p><p>“About sunset it cleared up, and we encamped on the east branch of the&#13;
Susquehanna. In the night it thundered and rained very fast, and took us&#13;
at a disadvantage; for we had made no shelter to keep off the rain,&#13;
neither could we see it till just over our heads, and it began to fall.</p><p>“One of our Indians cut four sticks, five feet long, and stuck both ends&#13;
in the ground, at two feet distance one from another; over these he&#13;
spread his watch-coat, and crept through them, and then fell to singing.&#13;
In the mean time, we were setting poles slantwise in the ground, tying&#13;
others across them; over which we spread our blanket, and crept close&#13;
under it, with a fire before us, and fell fast asleep. I waked a little&#13;
after midnight and found our fire almost out; so I got the hatchet and&#13;
felled a few saplings, which I laid on, and made a rousing fire, though&#13;
it rained stoutly; and lying down once more, I slept sound all night.</p><p>“In the morning, when we had dried our blankets, we kept along the side&#13;
of a hill, and looked about us, not having had such an opportunity for&#13;
two days, on account of the forest. The valley differed from all I had&#13;
ever seen before, in its easy and fruitful ascent and descent,—in its&#13;
great width, everywhere crowned with noble and lofty woods,—but above&#13;
all, in being entirely free from naked rocks and sharp precipices.”</p><p>A night or two after, our traveller fell in with a variety of Indian&#13;
character I never have seen noticed elsewhere:—</p><p>“Soon after we were laid down to sleep, and our fire almost burnt out,&#13;
we were entertained by a comical fellow, disguised in as odd a dress as&#13;
Indian folly could invent. He had on a clumsy vizard of wood, coloured&#13;
black, with a nose four or five inches long, a grinning mouth set awry,&#13;
and furnished with long teeth; round the eyes were circles of bright&#13;
brass, surrounded by a larger circle of white paint. From his forehead&#13;
hung long tresses of buffalo’s hair; and from the catch part of his head&#13;
(his tuft) hung ropes, made of the plaited husks of Indian corn.</p><p>“I cannot recollect the whole of his dress, but that it was equally&#13;
uncouth. He carried in one hand a large staff, in the other a calabash,&#13;
with small stones in it for a rattle; and this he rubbed up and down&#13;
with his staff. He came in at the further end of the wigwam, and,&#13;
holding up his head, made a noise like the braying of an ass. I asked&#13;
Weisar, who, as well as myself, lay next the alley, what noise that was.&#13;
Shickalamy, the chief, who thought I was scared, called out, ‘Lie still,&#13;
John!’ I never heard him speak so much English before.</p><p>“The jack-pudding presently came up to us, and an Indian boy came with&#13;
him and kindled our fire, that we might see his glittering eyes and&#13;
antic postures, as he hobbled round the fire. Sometimes he would turn&#13;
the buffalo’s hair on one side, that we might take a better view of his&#13;
ill-favoured phiz. When he had tired himself, (which was some time after&#13;
he had well tired us,) the boy that attended him struck two or three&#13;
smart blows on the floor, at which the hobgoblin seemed surprised; and,&#13;
on repeating them, he jumped fairly out of doors and disappeared.</p><p>“I suppose this was to divert us, and get some tobacco; for, as he&#13;
danced about, he would hold out his hand to receive this gratification,&#13;
for which, as often as he received it, he would return an awkward&#13;
compliment. After this farce, we endeavoured to compose ourselves to&#13;
sleep, but towards morning were again disturbed by a drunken squaw&#13;
coming into the cabin, frequently complimenting us and singing.”</p><p>We doubt if any traveller’s journal on the Mauch Chunk rail-road can&#13;
show as diverting a page. There are no incidents now-a-days short of a&#13;
boiler bursting.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                       GENESSEE FALLS, ROCHESTER.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>In the three thousand miles between the Atlantic and the Rocky&#13;
Mountains, there may be said to be three water-steps formed by the&#13;
different levels of Lake Ontario, Lake Erie, and Lake Superior. Niagara&#13;
and the Genessee river fall over the middle step, the edge of which is&#13;
formed by the brow of a bed of limestone, computed to be four hundred&#13;
and ten feet above the level of Lake Ontario. Saint Lawrence may thus be&#13;
said to take but three leaps from the Rocky Mountains to the ocean—an&#13;
agility which, one would suppose, might have saved the holy martyr from&#13;
his gridiron.</p><p>The ledge over which these two celebrated falls are precipitated, comes&#13;
out of Canada from an immense distance, and keeps its course along the&#13;
shore of Lake Ontario, in a direction nearly due east. At the Genessee&#13;
Falls, as at Niagara, the descent to the lake is between the walls of a&#13;
tremendous ravine, the grandeur of which seems to have had no terror for&#13;
the souls of manufacturers. The thriving village of Rochester stands&#13;
round the lip of the fall; and if you talk to the inhabitants of the&#13;
beauty of the cascade, they stop your mouth, and strike calculation&#13;
dumb, with the number of sledge-hammers, nail-cutters, mill-stones, and&#13;
cotton-jennies, it carries; the product _per diem_; the corresponding&#13;
increase of population, _et cetera et cetera_—the only instance in the&#13;
known world of a cataract turned, without the loss of a drop, through&#13;
the pockets of speculators.</p><p>The Genessee river rises in the Alleghany Mountains, and it is not for&#13;
want of poetical names on its banks that it is not a poetical river. Its&#13;
source is ten miles below _Nunda_, between the head waters of the&#13;
_Owago_ and the _Cawanisque_ rivers; and it runs one hundred and fifty&#13;
miles, receiving tribute from the _Canassaraga_ and _Angelica_ creeks,&#13;
and the _Canesus_ and _Honcoye_ outlets. It has a great reputation for&#13;
fertility; and along its valley lies the celebrated farm of Mr.&#13;
Wadsworth, the agriculturist, who holds in this country the place&#13;
occupied in England by Mr. Coke of Holkham—now Earl of Leicester.</p><p>The Rapids of the Genessee commence a mile above the Fall at Rochester,&#13;
and descend, when there is much water, with great swiftness and beauty.&#13;
The first pitch of the stream is ninety-seven perpendicular feet; after&#13;
which it goes sullenly on down the ravine—black, where it is not&#13;
covered with foam—till, forty rods below, it takes another leap of one&#13;
hundred and six feet, at a place called Carthage. We suggested to the&#13;
landlord that the fall at Carthage should be called after Marius, but he&#13;
did not see the propriety of it very clearly.</p><p>The Genessee Fall, like Niagara, is gradually _backing up_. It is&#13;
computed that the latter wears back a rood every three years—the former&#13;
much less, of course. There is little doubt among the geologists, that&#13;
the Genessee at one time ran directly into Lake Ontario without much of&#13;
a cascade, but that, on the retreat of the lake, the surface of which&#13;
has perceptibly lowered, the stream began to wear back with the&#13;
attrition of the fall, and they are now three miles asunder. An aqueduct&#13;
of the great Erie canal runs close across the head of the Fall at&#13;
Rochester, and is built in full confidence that the cascade will&#13;
continue the sobriety and order it has hitherto preserved in its&#13;
retreat. If it were to take a long step up stream of a sudden, that&#13;
great vein of the west would breathe more freely than is provided for by&#13;
the “weirs and feeders.” This aqueduct at Rochester is a work of some&#13;
pretension. It is seven hundred and fifty feet in length, and has twelve&#13;
piers and eleven arches, two of which are over Mill-races. A path is&#13;
railed off on the side of the canal, and it forms a picturesque&#13;
promenade across the bed of the river.</p><p>The country about the Falls of the Genessee was a wilderness in 1812.&#13;
Now it contains nearly twenty thousand inhabitants, and is one of the&#13;
most flourishing towns in the world. In 1830, it supported one daily,&#13;
two semi-weekly, and three weekly newspapers; and in the single year of&#13;
1826, (an age ago, by the Rochester reckoning,) it exported two hundred&#13;
and two thousand nine hundred barrels of flour. It seems to grow visibly&#13;
before your eyes; the eternal hammering and clipping of bricks, and&#13;
heaps of rubbish, remind the traveller so pertinaciously that it is in a&#13;
state of transition only. The hotels are excellent, and the inhabitants&#13;
famed for their public spirit, hospitality, and enterprise—the latter,&#13;
of course.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                VIEW OF THE FERRY AT BROOKLYN, NEW YORK</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Brooklyn is as much a part of New York, for all purposes of residence&#13;
and communication, as “the Borough” is of London. The steam ferry-boats&#13;
cross the half-mile between it and the city every five minutes; and in&#13;
less time than it usually takes to thread the press of vehicles on&#13;
London Bridge, the elegant equipages of the wealthy cross to Long Island&#13;
for the afternoon drive; morning visits are interchanged between the&#13;
residents in both places—and, indeed, the east river is hardly more of&#13;
a separation than the same distance in a street.</p><p>Brooklyn is the shire-town of King’s County, and by this time, probably,&#13;
is second in population only to New York. Land there, has risen in value&#13;
to an enormous extent within the last few years; and it has become the&#13;
fashion for business-men of New York to build and live on the fine and&#13;
healthy heights above the river, where they are nearer their business,&#13;
and much better situated than in the outskirts of the city itself. The&#13;
town of Brooklyn is built on the summit and sides of an elevation&#13;
springing directly from the bank of the river, and commanding some of&#13;
the finest views in America. The prospect embraces a large part of East&#13;
River, crowded with shipping, and tracked by an endless variety of&#13;
steamers, flying through the channel in quick succession; of the city of&#13;
New York, extending, as far as the eye can see, in closely piled masses&#13;
of architecture; of the Hudson, and the shore of Jersey, beyond; of the&#13;
bay and its bright islands, and of a considerable part of Long and&#13;
Staten Islands, and the Highlands of Neversink. A more comprehensive,&#13;
lively, and interesting view is nowhere to be found.</p><p>Historically, Brooklyn will long be remembered for the battle fought in&#13;
its neighbourhood between the British and Hessians under the command of&#13;
General Howe, and the Americans under the immediate command of Generals&#13;
Putnam and Sullivan. It was a contest of a body of ill-disciplined&#13;
militia against twice their number of regular troops, and ended in&#13;
defeat; but the retreat conducted by General Washington saved the army,&#13;
and relieved a little the dark fortunes of the day.</p><p>The American forces were composed of militia and raw recruits, and&#13;
without even dragoons to serve as videts. They were stationed on a chain&#13;
of eminences running from Yellow Hook towards Hempstead; and the&#13;
British, from the Ferry between Staten and Long Islands, through the&#13;
level country to the village of Flatland. From the last-mentioned place,&#13;
a strong column, led by General Clinton and Lord Percy, marched into the&#13;
Jamaica Road, through an unoccupied pass in this chain of hills on the&#13;
right, and turned the left of the American army. General Grant at the&#13;
same time attacked the right of the Americans under the command of Lord&#13;
Sterling, posted near the Ferry; while the fleet commenced a powerful&#13;
cannonade upon a battery at Red Hook, to draw off the attention of the&#13;
Americans from the main attack directed by Sir Henry Clinton.</p><p>As soon as the Americans perceived that the enemy had gained the rear,&#13;
they were thrown into confusion, and attacks were made on the centre,&#13;
commanded by General Sullivan, and the right, commanded by Lord&#13;
Stirling, and both divisions completely routed. A gallant attempt was&#13;
made by the latter officer, which, though unavailing, facilitated the&#13;
retreat of part of the troops under his command. He was himself taken&#13;
prisoner, as were also Generals Sullivan and Woodhull. The number of&#13;
Americans killed is estimated at four hundred, and the wounded and&#13;
prisoners at a thousand.</p><p>General Washington, who had passed over from New York to Brooklyn during&#13;
the heat of the action, perceived that nothing could be done to turn the&#13;
fortune of the day, and that the only thing to be accomplished was a&#13;
retreat. The British were only waiting for a wind to move their shipping&#13;
into the East River, and the next morning might find the ferry in their&#13;
possession. The British were encamped within six hundred yards of him;&#13;
and the wind, until eleven o’clock, was unfavourable. At that hour it&#13;
lulled, and a thick fog covered the bosom of the river. The army&#13;
commenced their embarkation under this fortunate protection; and the&#13;
whole of the forces, with their ammunition, provision, horses, waggons,&#13;
&amp;c. crossed undisturbed. The retreat was discovered by the British half&#13;
an hour after the evacuation. The sound of their pickaxes was distinctly&#13;
heard within the American lines during the embarkation.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                    VIEW OF THE RAIL-ROAD TO UTICA,&#13;
                         TAKEN AT LITTLE FALLS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Before the completion of the Rail-road, when travellers to the West were&#13;
contented with the philosophic pace of the canal-boat, one might take up&#13;
a novel at Little Falls, and come fairly to the sequel by the time the&#13;
steersman cried out “Bridge!” at Utica. There were fifteen miles between&#13;
them in those days; but now (to a man of indistinct ideas of geography,&#13;
at least, and a traveller on the Rail-road) they are as nearly run&#13;
together as two drops on the window-pane. The intermediate distance is,&#13;
by all the usual measurements of wear and time, annihilated.</p><p>All this is very pleasant to people in a hurry; and as most people in&#13;
our busy country come under that category, it is a very pleasant thing&#13;
for the white man altogether. There is a class of inhabitants of the&#13;
long valley of the Mohawk, however, of whose sufferings, by the advance&#13;
of the white man’s enterprise, this is not the first, though it may be&#13;
the least, and last. The poor half-naked Oneida, who ran by the side of&#13;
the once crowded canal-boat for charity, has not time, while the&#13;
rail-car passes, even to hold out his hand!</p><p>The Oneidas have not long been beggars by the road side. They were one&#13;
of the five tribes confederated under the name of the Iroquois, who&#13;
gloried in having fought their way into the country of the Mohawks, and&#13;
kept their place and possessions in the midst of them; the latter tribe&#13;
enjoying the undisputed honour of being an original people on the soil.&#13;
Though merged in a confederacy, however, the Oneidas had their own&#13;
chiefs; and a mythology of their own, which is not a little curious. It&#13;
will not be _mal-apropos_, accompanying drawings of the towns that have&#13;
usurped their ancient seat, to give some account of their ideas upon the&#13;
origin of the earth and the human race.</p><p>According to the Oneida, an unlimited expanse of water once filled the&#13;
space now occupied by the world which we inhabit. At this time the human&#13;
family dwelt in a country situated in the upper regions of the air,&#13;
abounding in every thing conducive to the comfort and pleasure of life.&#13;
The inhabitants were strangers to death, and its harbingers, pain and&#13;
disease; whilst their minds were free from the corroding passions of&#13;
jealousy, hatred, and revenge.</p><p>At length, however, an event occurred which interrupted their&#13;
tranquillity, and introduced care and anxiety, until then unknown. A&#13;
certain youth was noticed to withdraw himself from the circle of their&#13;
social amusements: the solitary recesses of the grove became his&#13;
favourite walks. Care and chagrin were depicted in his countenance, and&#13;
his body, from long abstinence, presented to the view of his friends the&#13;
mere skeleton of a man. Anxious solicitude in vain explored the cause of&#13;
his grief; until, at length, debilitated both in body and mind, he&#13;
yielded to the importunity of his associates, and promised to disclose&#13;
the cause of his trouble on condition that they would dig up by the&#13;
roots a certain white pine-tree, lay him in his blanket by the margin of&#13;
the hole, and seat his wife by his side. In a moment all hands were&#13;
ready. The fatal tree was taken up by the roots; in doing which, the&#13;
earth was perforated, and a passage opened into the abyss below. The&#13;
blanket was spread by the hole, the youth laid upon it, and his wife,&#13;
then in a state of pregnancy, took her seat by his side. The multitude,&#13;
eager to learn the cause of such strange and unusual conduct, pressed&#13;
around; when, on a sudden, to their horror and astonishment, he seized&#13;
upon the woman, and precipitated her headlong into the regions of&#13;
darkness below; then, rising from the ground, he informed the assembly,&#13;
that he had for some time suspected the chastity of his wife, and that,&#13;
having now disposed of the cause of his trouble, he should soon recover&#13;
his usual health and vivacity.</p><p>All those amphibious animals which now inhabit this world then roamed&#13;
through the watery waste to which the woman, in her fall, was hastening.&#13;
The Loon first discovered her coming, and called a council in haste to&#13;
prepare for her reception; observing, that the animal which approached&#13;
was a human being, and that earth was indispensably necessary for its&#13;
accommodation. The first subject of deliberation was, who should support&#13;
the burden.</p><p>The sea-bear first presented himself for a trial of his strength.&#13;
Instantly the other animals gathered round and scrambled on his back;&#13;
while the bear, unable to support the weight, sank beneath the surface&#13;
of the water, and was, by the whole assembly, judged unequal to the task&#13;
of supporting the earth. Several others in succession presented&#13;
themselves as candidates for the honour, with similar success. Last of&#13;
all the turtle modestly advanced, tendering his broad shell as the basis&#13;
of the earth now about to be formed. The beasts then made a trial of his&#13;
strength to bear, heaping themselves on his back; and finding their&#13;
united pressure unable to sink him below the surface, adjudged to him&#13;
the honour of supporting the world.</p><p>A foundation being thus provided, the next subject of deliberation was,&#13;
how to procure earth. Several of the most expert divers plunged to the&#13;
bottom of the sea, and came up dead; but the mink, at last, though he&#13;
shared the fate of the others, brought up in his claws a small quantity&#13;
of earth. This was placed on the back of the turtle.</p><p>In the mean time, the woman continued falling, and, at length, alighted&#13;
on the turtle’s back. The earth had already grown to the size of a man’s&#13;
foot, where she stood, with one foot covering the other. Shortly, she&#13;
had room for both feet, and was soon able to sit down. The earth&#13;
continued to expand; and when its plain was covered with verdure, and&#13;
traced with streams, which poured into the ocean, she erected her&#13;
habitation on the sea-shore.</p><p>Not long after, she was delivered of a daughter, and was supported by&#13;
the spontaneous productions of the earth, till the child arrived to&#13;
womanhood. She was then solicited in marriage by several animals,&#13;
changed into the forms of young men; but they were rejected successively&#13;
by the mother, until the turtle offered himself as a suitor, and was&#13;
received. After she had laid herself down to sleep, the turtle placed&#13;
two arrows on her body, in the form of a cross—one headed with flint,&#13;
the other with the rough bark of a tree. In due time she was delivered&#13;
of two sons, but died in child-birth.</p><p>The grandmother, enraged at her daughter’s death, resolved to destroy&#13;
them, and threw them into the sea. Scarcely had she reached her wigwam,&#13;
when the children overtook her at the door. She then concluded to let&#13;
them live; and, dividing the corpse of her daughter in two parts, she&#13;
threw them up towards the heavens, where one became the sun, the other&#13;
the moon. Then first began the succession of day and night. The children&#13;
speedily became men, and expert archers. The elder had the arrow of the&#13;
turtle which was pointed with flint; the younger had the arrow headed&#13;
with bark. The former was, by his malignant disposition, and his skill&#13;
and success in hunting, a favourite with his grandmother. They lived in&#13;
the midst of plenty, but would not permit the younger brother, whose&#13;
arrow was insufficient to kill any thing larger than birds, to share in&#13;
their abundance.</p><p>As this young man was wandering one day along the shore, he saw a bird&#13;
perched on a bough, projecting over the water. He attempted to kill it;&#13;
but his arrow, till that time unerring, flew wide of the mark, and sank&#13;
in the sea. He determined to recover it, and plunged to the bottom.&#13;
Here, to his astonishment, he found himself in a small cottage. A&#13;
venerable old man, sitting there, received him with a smile, and thus&#13;
addressed him:—“My son, I welcome you to the habitation of your father!&#13;
To obtain this interview, I directed all the circumstances which have&#13;
conspired to bring you hither. Here is your arrow, and here is an ear of&#13;
corn. I have watched the unkindness of your brother, and command you to&#13;
take his life. When you return home, collect all the flints you can&#13;
find, and hang up all the bucks’-horns. These are the only things which&#13;
will make an impression on his body, which is made of flint.”</p><p>Having received these instructions, the young man took his leave, and,&#13;
in a quarrel with his brother, drove him to a distant region, far beyond&#13;
the Savannahs, in the south-west, where he killed him, and left his huge&#13;
form of flint on the earth. The great enemy to the race of the turtle&#13;
being thus destroyed, they sprang from the ground in human form, and&#13;
multiplied in peace.</p><p>The grandmother, roused to furious resentment for the loss of her&#13;
favourite son, resolved to be revenged. For many days successively she&#13;
caused the rain to descend from the clouds in torrents, until the whole&#13;
surface of the earth, and even the highest mountains, were covered. The&#13;
inhabitants escaped by fleeing to their canoes. She then covered the&#13;
earth with snow; but they betook themselves to their snow-shoes. She&#13;
then gave up the hope of destroying them at once, and has ever since&#13;
employed herself in inflicting lesser evils on the world, while her&#13;
younger son displays his benevolence by showering blessings on his race.</p><p>The reader will have traced the analogy between this and the Scripture&#13;
account of the deluge, &amp;c.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                                 UTICA.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This long tradition has left us little room for Utica, which truly is&#13;
among those spots (said to be the happiest in the world) with no&#13;
striking events in its history. It is a pretty and thriving town, half&#13;
way between Lake Ontario and the Susquehanna, and on the great routes by&#13;
canal, road, and rail-road, to the west; and in the centre of these&#13;
radii of communication is fast becoming a focus of wealth and&#13;
refinement. A high reputation for the latter, however, its society has&#13;
long and deservedly enjoyed.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                   THE LANDING ON THE AMERICAN SIDE.&#13;
                          (FALLS OF NIAGARA.)</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The cliff and staircase at this Landing would be considered highly&#13;
picturesque any where but at the side of Niagara. The hundred stairs&#13;
clinging to the rock, the wild vines overgrowing the temporary shed&#13;
under which travellers take shelter from the spray, the descending and&#13;
ascending figures, and the athletic boatmen, whose occupation of pulling&#13;
across this troubled ferry requires herculean strength and proportions,&#13;
all form a subject for the painter, which could only be disregarded amid&#13;
the engrossing scenes of Niagara.</p><p>There is another staircase extending down the precipitous front of Goat&#13;
Island, between the two cataracts, which is less picturesque in itself,&#13;
but much more daring in its position. One marvels at first how it ever&#13;
was constructed; but a story told in an old book of travels, published&#13;
in London in 1750, shows that human feet have stood on the isolated and&#13;
quaking cliff below, and returned again to the summit without the aid of&#13;
mechanical science. The narrator is a Mr. Peter Kalm, a Swedish&#13;
gentleman, then on his travels in America:—</p><p>“It was formerly thought impossible for any body living to come at the&#13;
island that is in the middle of the Fall; but an accident that happened&#13;
twelve years ago made it appear otherwise. The history is this:—Two&#13;
Indians of the Six Nations went out from Niagara Fort to hunt upon an&#13;
island that is in the middle of the river, or strait, some miles above&#13;
the great Fall, on which there used to be abundance of deer. They took&#13;
some French brandy with them from the fort, which they tasted several&#13;
times as they were carrying their canoe around the Fall; and when they&#13;
were in the canoe, they now and then took a dram, and so went along up&#13;
the strait toward the island where they proposed to hunt; but growing&#13;
sleepy, they laid themselves down in the canoe, which getting loose,&#13;
drove back with the stream farther and farther down, till it came nigh&#13;
that island that is in the middle of the Fall. Here, one of them,&#13;
awakened by the noise, cries out to the other that they were gone!—yet&#13;
they tried if possible to save life. This island between the Falls was&#13;
nighest, and with much working they got there. At first, they were glad;&#13;
but when they had considered every thing, they thought themselves hardly&#13;
in a better state than if they had gone down the Fall, since they had&#13;
now no other choice than either to throw themselves down the same, or to&#13;
perish with hunger: but hard necessity put them on invention. At the&#13;
lower end of the island the rock is perpendicular, and there is a break&#13;
in the fall. The island having plenty of wood, they went to work&#13;
directly and made a ladder, or shrouds, of the bark of linden tree,&#13;
which is very tough and strong, so long, that it would reach to the edge&#13;
of the water below. One end of this bark ladder they tied fast to a&#13;
great tree that grew at the side of the rock above the Fall, and let the&#13;
other end down to the water.</p><p>“So they went down their new-invented stairs; and when they came to the&#13;
bottom in the middle of the Fall, they rested a little; and as the water&#13;
next below the Fall is not rapid, they threw themselves out into it,&#13;
thinking to swim on shore. Hardly had the Indians began to swim, before&#13;
the waves of the eddy threw them with violence against the rock from&#13;
whence they started. They tried it several times, but at last were&#13;
weary, and being often thrown against the rock they were much bruised,&#13;
and the skin of their bodies torn in many places. So they were obliged&#13;
to climb up their stairs again to the island, not knowing what to do.&#13;
After some time they perceived Indians on the opposite shore, to whom&#13;
they cried out. These two pitied them, but gave them little hopes of&#13;
help; yet they made haste down to the fort, and told the French&#13;
commander where two of their brethren were. He persuaded them to try all&#13;
possible means of relieving the two poor Indians; and it was done in&#13;
this manner. The water that runs on the east side of the island is&#13;
shallow, and breaks in rapids over the rocks. The commandant caused&#13;
poles to be made and pointed with iron: two Indians determined to walk&#13;
to this island by the help of these poles to save the others, or perish.&#13;
They took leave of their friends as if they were going to death. Each&#13;
had two such poles in his hands to set against the bottom of the stream&#13;
to keep them steady: so they went and got to the island, and having&#13;
given poles to the poor Indians there, they all returned safely to the&#13;
main. The unfortunate creatures had been nine days on the island, and&#13;
were almost starved to death.”</p><p>A bridge is now thrown across where these adventurous Indians made their&#13;
passage. If the story be true, it is one of the most gallant feats on&#13;
record.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                      VIEW FROM MOUNT WASHINGTON.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Of two attempts to obtain a view from the summit of Mount Washington,&#13;
the MS. Journal from which we have already made extracts, gives an&#13;
interesting account of one which the weather rendered unsuccessful.</p><p>“The morning opened with every symptom of a fine day for the ascent. We&#13;
had an early breakfast, and started a little before six, with the&#13;
intention of first ascending Mount Clinton, and afterwards Mount&#13;
Washington. Before we came to the peak of Clinton, however, a thick mist&#13;
had swept over the mountains, which grew heavier and heavier. At the&#13;
beginning of the granite pile that caps Mount Washington, a heavy wind&#13;
with violent rain came on, and, as we climbed upwards, the storm&#13;
increased, and the cold became every moment more intense. In four hours&#13;
we reached the summit, thoroughly drenched, and stiff as icicles. The&#13;
rain beat across the peak with tremendous force, and it was with&#13;
difficulty we could stand. Below us was a sea of mist, around us a&#13;
howling tempest, and our only resource was to seek the shelter of a&#13;
rock, and seek consolation in the guide’s knapsack. Though my hands were&#13;
so benumbed with cold, and my limbs so heavy with the water which had&#13;
been driven into every thread of my dress that I could hardly raise the&#13;
food to my lips, I contrived to cut the cork of a bottle of champagne,&#13;
and its sparkling contents sent a momentary and grateful thrill through&#13;
my veins: when it had passed, however, I was colder than ever.</p><p>“We found so few attractions on the mountain that we soon began our&#13;
descent towards Ethan Crawford’s, but were so blinded by the tempest&#13;
that the guide could not at once discover the way. Half an hour we&#13;
wandered about in absolute uncertainty whether we should get down the&#13;
mountain, or bide the peltings of the storm through the night. We hit at&#13;
last upon the path, and after some sharp scrambling reached the wood,&#13;
the friendly shelter of which afforded us a most welcome protection from&#13;
the rain. The path was execrable, owing to the heavy rain, and the&#13;
trampling of the horses of another party who had gone up before us; but&#13;
at four we arrived at our destination, tired, cold, wet, and hungry. A&#13;
change of dress, a roaring fire, and a substantial dinner, soon put us&#13;
in better condition and humour.”</p><p>From a more successful attempt by the same gentleman, we take the&#13;
following description of the view from Mount Washington.</p><p>“The light streamed down through breaks in the clouds on the scenery&#13;
below in such masses, and in such a manner, as to bring out fully and&#13;
distinctly all the leading points in the immeasurable panorama. In our&#13;
immediate neighbourhood, but far below us, lay on one side, Mounts&#13;
Clinton, Pleasant, Monroe, and Franklin; on the other, Jefferson, Adams,&#13;
and Madison. On the east and west, openings were visible, through which&#13;
several rivers, taking their rise in the mountains, wound their way and&#13;
widened their valleys toward the lowlands. Far in the distance, chains&#13;
of hills and mountains, distinct in outline and beautiful in form, arose&#13;
on all sides; and these were still overtopped by others beyond, whose&#13;
blue summits mingled with the sky, and shut in the overpowering scene.&#13;
Far to the south, the bright sheet of Lake Winipiseogee met the eye, and&#13;
with its calm and gem-like beauty, set, as it were, in a frame-work of&#13;
distant hills, relieved and contrasted the bewildering and boundless&#13;
majesty which encircled the mountain. On the west the green mountains of&#13;
Vermont, and on the east the mountains of Maine, skirted the horizon,&#13;
and seemed to support the heavens. Occasionally, a cloud would rest for&#13;
a few moments on some distant or neighbouring summit, but during the&#13;
whole of our visit the awful head of Mount Washington was surrounded by&#13;
a pure atmosphere and the clearest light.”</p><p>Mount Washington was ascended by several scientific gentlemen in July,&#13;
1784. The historian of the expedition records that one of the company&#13;
had taken a thermometer from his bosom, when it stood at fever heat, and&#13;
it fell to 44°; and that, during the time he was adjusting a barometer&#13;
and thermometer, the cold nearly deprived him of the use of his fingers.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                 MOUNT WASHINGTON AND THE WHITE HILLS.&#13;
                        (FROM NEAR CRAWFORD’S.)</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The White Hills have a double claim to their title—one founded upon the&#13;
fact, that, for nine, ten, and sometimes eleven months in the year, they&#13;
are covered with snow; and the other, that, in all clear days, (the only&#13;
times in which they can be distinctly seen,) white fleecy clouds resting&#13;
upon them, give them a white aspect. When viewed from a neighbouring&#13;
position, they are always, except where snow lies, or the rocks are&#13;
naked, shrouded in misty azure.</p><p>The height of these mountains has been a subject of much dispute. A&#13;
scientific gentleman, whose remarks on physical subjects merit&#13;
consideration and respect, supposes the summit of Mount Washington to be&#13;
about seven thousand eight hundred feet above the level of the ocean;&#13;
seventy-two feet below the point, which, in the latitude of 44° 15´&#13;
(that of these mountains) is the estimated point of perpetual&#13;
congelation on the eastern continent. This point, he says, from the&#13;
greater coldness of the American climate, cannot exceed, but must rather&#13;
fall short, of what it is in the European climate. The climates of&#13;
America are indeed colder than those of Europe in the same latitude&#13;
during the winter, but in the summer they are generally much hotter. Nor&#13;
are the mountains in any part of New England of sufficient height and&#13;
extent to lessen materially the degree of heat generally prevailing. The&#13;
air on the summit of Mount Washington, therefore, must continually be&#13;
rendered less cold by the ascent of the intensely heated atmosphere from&#13;
the subjacent regions. As the whole country partakes of this heat, the&#13;
ascending volume, whencesoever derived, must be heated to nearly the&#13;
same temperature. It seems scarcely credible, therefore, that the&#13;
temperature of the atmosphere around the single point of Mount&#13;
Washington should not, during the summer, be sensibly raised by the&#13;
general heat of the country: for we are to remember that this is the&#13;
only height in the United States which approximates near to the region&#13;
of perpetual frost.</p><p>The following observations of Dr. Cutler exhibit the state of vegetation&#13;
on these mountains:—</p><p>“At the base of the summit of Mount Washington, the limits of vegetation&#13;
may with propriety be fixed. There are indeed, on some of the rocks,&#13;
even to their apices, scattered specks of a mossy appearance; but I&#13;
conceive them to be extraneous substances accidentally adhering to the&#13;
rocks, for I could not discover, with my botanical microscope, any part&#13;
of that plant regularly formed. The limits of vegetation at the base of&#13;
this summit are as well defined as that between the woods and the bald&#13;
and mossy part. So striking is the appearance, that, at a considerable&#13;
distance, the mind is impressed with the idea that vegetation extends no&#13;
farther than a line, as well defined as the penumbra and shadow in a&#13;
lunar eclipse. The stones that I have by me from the summit have not the&#13;
smallest appearance of moss upon them.</p><p>“There is evidently the appearance of three zones—the woods, the bald,&#13;
mossy part, and the part above vegetation. The same appearance has been&#13;
observed on the Alps, and all other high mountains.</p><p>“I recollect no grass on the plain. The spaces between the rocks in the&#13;
second zone and on the plain are filled with spruce and fir, which,&#13;
perhaps, have been growing ever since the deluge; and yet many of them&#13;
have not attained a greater height than three or four inches; but their&#13;
spreading tops are so thick and strong as to support the weight of a man&#13;
without yielding in the slightest degree. In many places on the sides we&#13;
could get glades of this growth some rods in extent, when we could, by&#13;
sitting down on our feet, slide the whole length. The tops of the growth&#13;
of wood were so thick and firm as to bear us currently a considerable&#13;
distance before we arrived at the utmost boundaries, which were almost&#13;
as well defined as the water on the shore of a pond. The tops of the&#13;
wood had the appearance of having been shorn off, exhibiting a smooth&#13;
surface from their upper limits to a great distance down the mountains.”</p><p>On the summit of Mount Washington there is usually little or no snow.&#13;
That which is so long visible in the regions below is blown from the&#13;
summit, and the north-western side, and lies only on the southern and&#13;
south-eastern, where it is defended from every cold wind by the&#13;
precipice above, and exposed through June, July, and sometimes a part of&#13;
August, to the full strength of the sun.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                   THE PARK AND CITY HALL, NEW YORK.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The first _Stadt Huys_ in this city was constructed of stone, and stood&#13;
originally at the head of Coenties Slip, facing on Pearl Street, towards&#13;
the East river. It was built as early in the Dutch dynasty as 1642, and&#13;
became so weakened and impaired in half a century afterwards, that the&#13;
court sitting there recommended it to be sold, and another to be&#13;
constructed. In 1699, they sold the old building for nine hundred and&#13;
twenty pounds, “reserving only the bell, the king’s arms, and iron works&#13;
(fetters) belonging to the prison.” By the agreement, leave was granted&#13;
“that the cage, pillory, and stocks, before the same, be removed any&#13;
time within one year, and the prisoners in the city hall to remain one&#13;
month.” “In front of all these, on the river, was placed the _Rondeal_,&#13;
or Half-Moon Fort, where it probably assisted the party sheltered in the&#13;
City Hall, while the civil war prevailed.”</p><p>The new building must have been finished in 1700. It stood at the head&#13;
of Broad Street, fronting on Wall Street; and its lower story formed an&#13;
open arcade over the foot pavement. It was also the proper prison of the&#13;
city, and had before it, on Broad Street, a whipping-post, pillory, &amp;c.&#13;
There were also held the sessions of the Provincial Assembly, the&#13;
Supreme Court, and the Mayor and Admiralty Courts. It was finally&#13;
altered to suit the Congress; and at that time the prisoners were moved&#13;
to the new jail in the park; but the Congress removing to Philadelphia,&#13;
it was again altered to receive the courts and the State Assembly.</p><p>“It was in the gallery of the old City Hall, on Wall Street,” says&#13;
Watson in his Annals, “that General Washington was inaugurated the first&#13;
President of the United States. The oath of office was taken in the open&#13;
gallery in front of the Senate Chamber, in the view of an immense&#13;
concourse of citizens. There this nobleman of nature, with his noble&#13;
height and port, in a suit of dark silk velvet of the old cut,&#13;
steel-hilted small sword by his side, hair in bag and full powdered, in&#13;
black silk hose, and shoes with silver buckles, made his pledge on a&#13;
quarto Bible, still preserved in St. John’s Lodge. How uprightly,&#13;
intelligently, and disinterestedly, he executed his task, history will&#13;
never cease to tell to his fame and glory.”</p><p>The present City Hall was erected in 1803, at an expense of half a&#13;
million of dollars. The front and sides are constructed of white marble,&#13;
and the remainder of red sandstone. It is a beautiful edifice, and only&#13;
wants elevation. When the trees of the park are in full leaf, it is&#13;
difficult to get an entire view of it.</p><p>The park is the centre of New York, and its two most thronged and finest&#13;
avenues form the two sides of it. Broadway, the much crowded and much&#13;
praised Broadway, the Corso, the Toledo, the Regent Street, of New York,&#13;
pours its tide of population past the western side of the verdant&#13;
triangle, and, just at the park, its crowd and its bustle are thickest.&#13;
Broadway is a noble street, and on its broad side-walks may be seen&#13;
every thing that walks the world in the shape of a foreigner, or a&#13;
fashion—beauties by the score, and men of business by the thousand;&#13;
but, besides every possible ingredient of continental crowds, there are&#13;
to be seen in Broadway two additional classes of peripatetics seen never&#13;
on foreign _pavés_ but in rare specimens—coloured dandies, and&#13;
belligerent pigs. The former take the wall of you, and the latter, when&#13;
the question of passing on one side or the other becomes embarrassing,&#13;
escape with great dexterity between your legs.</p><p>It would be difficult in one day to describe the prevailing style of&#13;
dress in Broadway, for fashions have become unfashionable, and each man&#13;
and woman dresses as Fortune pleases. But here is a picture of dresses&#13;
in Broadway a century ago:—</p><p>“Men wore three-square, or cocked hats, and wigs; coats with large&#13;
cuffs, and big skirts lined and stiffened with buckram. The coat of a&#13;
beau had three or four large plaits in the skirts, and wadding, like a&#13;
coverlet, to keep them smooth. The cuffs were very large, up to the&#13;
elbows, open below, and loaded with lead to keep them down. The cape was&#13;
thin and low, so as readily to expose the close-plaited neck-stock of&#13;
fine linen cambric, and the large silver stock-buckle on the back of the&#13;
neck. The shirts were worn with hand-ruffles, and sleeve-buttons were&#13;
worn at the wrist, of precious stones, or gold. The little boys wore&#13;
wigs, like their elders, and their dresses generally were similar to&#13;
those of the men. Coats of red plush were very fashionable, and the&#13;
breeches were commonly made of this material.”</p><p>We refer the reader to Watson’s Annals for many curious particulars&#13;
touching the apparel and habits of the New Yorkers in the early part of&#13;
the last century.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
      THE TWO LAKES AND THE MOUNTAIN HOUSE&#13;
      ON THE CATSKILLS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>At this elevation, you may wear woollen and sleep under blankets in&#13;
midsummer; and that is a pleasant temperature where much hard work is to&#13;
be done in the way of pleasure-hunting. No place so agreeable as&#13;
Catskill, after one has been parboiled in the city. New York is at the&#13;
other end of that long thread of a river, running away south from the&#13;
base of the mountain; and you may change your climate in so brief a&#13;
transit, that the most enslaved broker in Wall Street may have half his&#13;
home on Catskill. The cool woods, the small silver lakes, the falls, the&#13;
mountain-tops, are all delicious haunts for the idler-away of the hot&#13;
months; and, to the credit of our taste, it may be said they are fully&#13;
improved—Catskill is a “resort.”</p><p>From the Mountain-House, the busy and all-glorious Hudson is seen&#13;
winding half its silver length—towns, villas, and white spires,&#13;
sparkling on the shores, and snowy sails and gaily-painted steamers,&#13;
specking its bosom. It is a constant diorama of the most lively beauty;&#13;
and the traveller, as he looks down upon it, sighs to make it a home.&#13;
Yet a smaller and less-frequented stream would best fulfil desires born&#13;
of a sigh. There is either no seclusion on the Hudson, or there is so&#13;
much that the conveniences of life are difficult to obtain. Where the&#13;
steamers come to shore, (twenty a day, with each from one to seven&#13;
hundred passengers,) it is certainly far from secluded enough; yet, away&#13;
from the landing-places, servants find your house too lonely, and your&#13;
table, without unreasonable expense and trouble, is precarious and poor.&#13;
These mean and _menus plaisirs_ reach, after all, the very citadel of&#13;
philosophy. Who can live without a cook or a chambermaid, and dine seven&#13;
days in the week on veal, consoling himself with the beauties of a&#13;
river-side?</p><p>On the smaller rivers these evils are somewhat ameliorated; for in the&#13;
rural and uncorrupt villages of the interior, you may find servants born&#13;
on the spot, and content to live in the neighbourhood. The market is&#13;
better, too, and the society less exposed to the evils that result from&#13;
too easy an access to the metropolis. No place can be rural, in all the&#13;
_virtues_ of the phrase, where a steamer will take the villager to the&#13;
city between noon and night, and bring him back between midnight and&#13;
morning. There is a suburban look and character about all the villages&#13;
on the Hudson which seems out of place among such scenery. They are&#13;
suburbs; in fact, steam has destroyed the distance between them and the&#13;
city.</p><p>The Mountain-House on the Catskill, it should be remarked, is a&#13;
luxurious hotel. How the proprietor can have dragged up, and keeps&#13;
dragging up, so many superfluities from the river level to that eagle’s&#13;
nest, excites your wonder. It is the more strange, because in climbing a&#13;
mountain the feeling is natural that you leave such enervating&#13;
indulgences below. The mountain-top is too near heaven. It should be a&#13;
monastery to lodge in so high—a St. Gothard, or a Vallambrosa. But here&#13;
you may choose between Hermitages, “white” or “red,” Burgundies,&#13;
Madeiras, French dishes, and French dances, as if you had descended upon&#13;
Capua.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                          TRENTON HIGH FALLS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Those who visit these Falls in the pleasantest season for travelling,&#13;
(the time at which the drawing was taken by Mr. Bartlett,) see them when&#13;
there is the least water; consequently, when they are (as falls) at&#13;
their lesser phase of grandeur. It is like seeing a race-horse in the&#13;
stall, or a line-of-battle-ship in port, with sails furled. It is&#13;
possible that after one of the tremendous thunder-storms which burst&#13;
upon this climate sometimes in summer, the glory of the cataract may,&#13;
for a few hours, renew, and so unite the splendour of full foliage with&#13;
the flashing of mighty waters: but this is a chance which the traveller&#13;
for pleasure will scarce hit or wait for. It should be remembered,&#13;
however, in looking on the drawing, that it is one of a sleeping lion.&#13;
The frowning walls on either side, driven asunder by the plunges of the&#13;
torrent in more “yeasty moods,” present a sufficient scale by which to&#13;
measure its slumbering power. Those who live in climes where snow seldom&#13;
falls, and more seldom lies through one sunny day unmelted, can have but&#13;
a faint idea of a spring _freshet_ in America. After the first heavy&#13;
snow in December, each successive fall adds solidity to the heap upon&#13;
the earth’s bosom, and the alternate thawing and freezing consolidates&#13;
the bottom into ice, and cuts off the heat of the soil from the flakes&#13;
added almost daily to the surface. Till the middle of March, perhaps, or&#13;
later, the sleighing (_Anglicè_ sledging) is hard and crisp. Then the&#13;
sun draws towards the line, and with the equinox come soft southern&#13;
winds, with sharp changes to the north, pouring sleet and rain upon the&#13;
crusty covering of nature; and, first of all, the small streams begin to&#13;
trickle under the ice, smothered and faint; the roads across the&#13;
hard-frozen rivers crack and grow treacherous; and the horse, as they&#13;
phrase it here, _slumps through_ in travelling on the highway. As the&#13;
days grow longer, the snow gets clammy and heavy, and drops to the&#13;
ground, (undermined by the water,) an acre at a time, clicking like a&#13;
troop of morris-dancers. If you “sit upon a rail” at noon-day, and send&#13;
a dog to run over an untrodden field, his weight will break it down in&#13;
large tablets, like the giving way of a marble floor. Then comes the&#13;
spring thaw. Instead of one rivulet to half a mile, every hill-side&#13;
sends down a hundred streams, every road is a brook, every hollow in the&#13;
fields an overflowing pond. The benevolent societies which thrive more&#13;
by the “widows’ mites” than the rich man’s gift, have learned the secret&#13;
of these “small contributions.” Down they pour, in troops of legions, to&#13;
the beds of the larger water-courses, “drowning the springs,”&#13;
overflowing the banks, and laying every low plain under water. The ice&#13;
crashes and loosens in the large rivers, and with the loosening of their&#13;
frost-bound chains, the merry dance is led off to the ocean. If you&#13;
would see waterfalls, it should be then; though the foliage is not&#13;
around them, nor the sky or the moon-light so genial above. Niagara&#13;
alone, of all the cataracts, remains unchanged. He rolls on in his calm&#13;
sublimity, spring and autumn, summer and winter, the same. His floods&#13;
seem never to increase by the melting of snow, nor to be drunk up by the&#13;
fervour of the sun. If changes he has, they are imperceptible, or seen&#13;
only in the crumbling of rock beneath him, mountains at a convulsion,&#13;
and at intervals of years.</p><p>Trenton is in a wild and not very accessible part of the country, else&#13;
it were worth the while of the traveller to see these fine Falls during&#13;
the spring. I am very sure that a series of sketches upon the same&#13;
ground—the same scenes by the same artist, done when the waters are at&#13;
the flood, would not be recognised as at all resembling. The attempt&#13;
would be curious to the artist, at least.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                       VALLEY OF THE SHENANDOAH,&#13;
                         FROM JEFFERSON’S ROCK.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This is one of the most harmonious combinations of mountain, vale, and&#13;
river, to be found in America; we know not whether to call it more&#13;
beautiful or grand. Fine as is all the scenery of this neighbourhood,&#13;
however, it is not till very lately that the current of travel has&#13;
turned thither, and but partially yet. Harper’s Ferry will soon be a&#13;
resort for admirers of nature from all nations, and it may well share&#13;
the honours of pilgrimage with Trenton Falls and Niagara. Steam&#13;
navigation across the Atlantic will make our New World _lions_ as tame&#13;
as the Pyramids.</p><p>It is difficult, at least for me, to stand on any eminence commanding a&#13;
landscape, wild, yet formed for a blest human residence, without seeing&#13;
in it the forfeited inheritance of the red man. The unpicturesque new&#13;
village of the white man, his mill, or his factory, does not convey to&#13;
my imagination an image of happiness; and I regret the primitive rover&#13;
of the wild, who neither blackened nature with smoke, nor violated her&#13;
harmony with brick and shingle. The tide of sympathy seems turning of&#13;
late against these oppressed tribes, and it is not amiss sometimes to&#13;
remember our own atrocities as well as theirs. What will be thought&#13;
hereafter of the massacre of the poor Conestogoes, as related in the&#13;
history of these middle regions of our territory!</p><p>“On the first arrival of the English,” says the chronicler, “messengers&#13;
from this tribe entered into a treaty of friendship with the first&#13;
proprietary, William Penn, which was to last as long as the sun should&#13;
shine, or the waters run in the rivers.</p><p>“This treaty has been since frequently renewed, and the chain&#13;
brightened, as they express it, from time to time. It has never been&#13;
violated on their part, or ours, till now. As their lands by degrees&#13;
were mostly purchased, and the settlement of the white people began to&#13;
surround them, the proprietor assigned them lands on the manor of&#13;
Conestogoe, which they might not part with; there they have lived many&#13;
years in friendship with their white neighbours, who loved them for&#13;
their peaceable inoffensive behaviour.</p><p>“It has always been observed, that Indians, settled in the neighbourhood&#13;
of white people, do not increase, but diminish continually. This tribe&#13;
accordingly went on diminishing, till there remained in their town on&#13;
the manor but twenty persons, namely, seven men, five women, and eight&#13;
children, boys and girls.</p><p>“Of these, Shehaes was a very old man, having assisted at the second&#13;
treaty held with them by Mr. Penn, in 1701, and ever since continued a&#13;
faithful friend to the English; he is said to have been an exceeding&#13;
good man, considering his education, being naturally of a kind,&#13;
benevolent temper.</p><p>“This little society continued the custom they had begun, when more&#13;
numerous, of addressing every new governor, and every descendant of the&#13;
first proprietary, welcoming him to the province, assuring him of their&#13;
fidelity, and praying a continuance of that favour and protection which&#13;
they had hitherto experienced. They had accordingly sent up an address&#13;
of this kind to our present governor (John Penn, Esq.) on his arrival;&#13;
but the same was scarcely delivered, when the unfortunate catastrophe&#13;
happened which we are about to relate. On Wednesday, the 14th December,&#13;
1763, fifty-seven men from some of our frontier townships, who had&#13;
projected the destruction of this little commonwealth, came all well&#13;
mounted, and armed with firelocks, hangers, and hatchets, having&#13;
travelled through the country in the night to Conestogoe manor. There&#13;
they surrounded the small village of Indian huts, and just at break of&#13;
day broke in upon them all at once. Only three men, two women, and a&#13;
young boy, were found at home; the rest being out among the neighbouring&#13;
white people—some to sell the baskets, brooms, and bowls, they&#13;
manufactured, and others on other occasions. These poor defenceless&#13;
creatures were immediately fired upon, stabbed, and hatcheted to death!&#13;
the good Shehaes among the rest cut to pieces in his bed!—all of them&#13;
were scalped, and otherwise horribly mangled. Then their huts were set&#13;
on fire, and most of them burned down. The magistrates of Lancaster sent&#13;
out to collect the remaining Indians, brought them into the town for&#13;
their better security against any further attempt, and, it is said,&#13;
condoled with them on the misfortune that had happened, took them by the&#13;
hand, and promised them protection. They were put into the workhouse, a&#13;
strong building, as the place of greatest safety. These cruel men again&#13;
assembled themselves; and hearing that the remaining fourteen Indians&#13;
were in the workhouse at Lancaster, they suddenly appeared before that&#13;
town on the 27th December. Fifty of them, armed as before, dismounting,&#13;
went directly to the workhouse, and, by violence, broke open the door,&#13;
and entered with the utmost fury in their countenances. When the poor&#13;
wretches saw they had no protection nigh, nor could possibly escape, and&#13;
being without the least weapon of defence, they divided their little&#13;
families, the children clinging to their parents; they fell on their&#13;
faces, protested their innocence, declared their love to the English,&#13;
and that, in their whole lives, they had never done them injury; and in&#13;
this posture they all received the hatchet! Men, women, and children,&#13;
were every one inhumanly murdered in cold blood!”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                          LOCKPORT—ERIE CANAL.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This town, so suddenly sprung into existence, is about thirty miles from&#13;
Lake Erie, and exhibits one of those wonders of enterprise which&#13;
astonish calculation. The waters of Lake Erie, which have come thus far&#13;
without much descent, are here let down sixty feet by five double locks,&#13;
and thence pursue a perfectly level course, sixty-five miles, to&#13;
Rochester. The remarkable thing at Lockport, however, is a deep cut from&#13;
here to the Torenanta Creek, seven miles in length, and partly through&#13;
solid rock, at an average depth of twenty feet. The canal boat glides&#13;
through this flinty bed, with jagged precipices on each side; and the&#13;
whole route has very much the effect of passing through an immense&#13;
cavern.</p><p>This tract of country is very interesting to the antiquarian, from the&#13;
remains of fortifications, and other probable traces of a race who&#13;
existed, and whose arts perished before the occupation of the country by&#13;
the tribes who lately possessed it. On Seneca river, on the south side&#13;
of Lake Erie, in many different parts of the State of New York, and in a&#13;
long chain extending west through the valley of the Ohio, down that of&#13;
the Mississippi, and so westward through Mexico, are traces of a people&#13;
who were settled in towns defended by forts, and altogether far more&#13;
advanced in civilization than the Iroquois found here by Europeans. The&#13;
region in the neighbourhood of Lockport and Torenanta was visited with&#13;
reference to these remains by the Rev. Mr. Kirkland, missionary to the&#13;
Iroquois confederacy, in 1778. His account is very curious. At a&#13;
deserted Indian village, near the old Indian town of Kanawageas, he&#13;
discovered an ancient fort. It enclosed about six acres, and had six&#13;
gates. The ditch appeared to be eight feet wide, and in some places six&#13;
feet deep, and drawn in a circular form on three sides. The fourth side&#13;
was defended by nature with a high bank, at the foot of which is a fine&#13;
stream of water. The bank had probably been secured by a stockade, as&#13;
there appeared to have been a deep covered way in the middle of it down&#13;
to the water. Some of the trees on the bank and in the ditch appeared to&#13;
Mr. Kirkland to have been at the age of two hundred years. About half a&#13;
mile south of this, and upon a greater eminence, he traced the ruins of&#13;
another old fortified town, of less dimensions than the other, but with&#13;
a deeper ditch, and in a situation more lofty and defensible. Having&#13;
examined these fortifications, Mr. Kirkland returned to _Kanawageas_,&#13;
and thence renewed his tour westward, until he encamped for the night at&#13;
a place called _Joàika_, (i.e. Racoon,) on the river _Tanawànde_, about&#13;
twenty-six miles from _Kanawangeas_. Six miles from this place of&#13;
encampment, he rode to the open fields, and arrived at a place called by&#13;
the Senecas _Tegatàinèáaghgwe_, which imports a _double-fortified_ town,&#13;
or a town with a fort at each end. Here he walked about half a mile with&#13;
one of the Seneca chiefs, to view one of the vestiges of this&#13;
double-fortified town: they were the remains of two forts. The first&#13;
which he visited, as above, contained about four acres of ground: the&#13;
other to which he proceeded, distant from this about two miles, and&#13;
situated at the other extremity of the ancient town, enclosed twice that&#13;
quantity of ground. The ditch around the former, which he particularly&#13;
examined, was about five or six feet deep. A small stream of water and a&#13;
high bank circumscribed nearly one-third of the enclosed ground. There&#13;
were the traces of six gates, or avenues, round the ditch; and near the&#13;
centre a way was dug to the water. The ground on the opposite side of&#13;
the water was in some places nearly as high as that on which the fort&#13;
was built, which might render this covered way to the water necessary. A&#13;
considerable number of large thrifty oaks had grown up within the&#13;
enclosed ground, both in and upon the ditch; some of them appeared to be&#13;
at least two hundred years old, or more. The ground is of a hard&#13;
gravelly kind, intermixed with loam, and more plentifully at the brow of&#13;
the hill. In some places, at the bottom of the ditch, Mr. Kirkland ran&#13;
his cane a foot or more into the ground, from which circumstance he&#13;
concluded that the ditch was much deeper in its original state than it&#13;
then appeared to him. Near the northern fortification, which was&#13;
situated on high ground, he found the remains of a funeral pile, where&#13;
the slain were buried, in a great battle, which will be spoken of&#13;
hereafter. The earth was raised about six feet above the common surface,&#13;
and betwixt twenty and thirty feet diameter. The bones appeared on the&#13;
whole surface of the raised earth, and struck out in many places on the&#13;
sides. Pursuing his course towards Buffalo Creek, (his ultimate&#13;
destination,) Mr. Kirkland discovered the vestiges of another ancient&#13;
fortified town. He does not in his manuscript delineate them, but, from&#13;
the course he described, they might be easily ascertained. “Upon these&#13;
heights, near the ancient fortified town, the roads part; we left the&#13;
path leading to Niagara on our right, and went a course nearly&#13;
south-west for Buffalo Creek. After leaving these heights, which&#13;
afforded an extensive prospect, we travelled over a fine tract of land&#13;
for about six or seven miles; then came to a barren white oak-shrub&#13;
plain, and one very remarkable spot of near two hundred acres, and&#13;
passed a steep hill on our right, in some places near fifty feet&#13;
perpendicular, at the bottom of which is a small lake, affording another&#13;
instance of pagan superstition. The old Indians affirm that, formerly, a&#13;
demon, in the form of a dragon, resided in this lake, and had frequently&#13;
been seen to disgorge balls of liquid fire; and that, to appease his&#13;
wrath, many a sacrifice of tobacco had been made at that lake by the&#13;
fathers. The barren spot above mentioned is covered with small white&#13;
stone, that appears like lime and clay; in some spots, for a&#13;
considerable distance, there is no appearance of earth. Notwithstanding&#13;
its extreme poverty, there are many trees of moderate size. At the&#13;
extremity of this barren plain, we came again to the Tanawande river,&#13;
and forded it about two miles above the Indian town called by that name.&#13;
This village contains fourteen houses, or huts; their chief is called&#13;
Gashagaàle, nicknamed the _black chief_. On the south side of the&#13;
Tanawande Creek, at a small distance, are to be seen the vestiges of&#13;
another ancient fortified town.” Mr. Kirkland further remarks, that&#13;
there are vestiges of ancient fortified towns in various parts&#13;
throughout the extensive territory of the Six Nations, and, by Indian&#13;
report, in various other parts; particularly one on a branch of the&#13;
Delaware river, which, from the size and age of some of the trees that&#13;
have grown upon the banks and in the ditches, appears to have existed&#13;
nearly one thousand years.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                        THE TOMB OF WASHINGTON.&#13;
                             MOUNT VERNON.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The current of life seems to be too rapid in America to allow time for&#13;
reflection upon any thing which can possibly be deferred. The monuments&#13;
are left unfinished on our battle-fields; the tombs of great men become&#13;
indistinguishable before marked with a stone; and the sacred places&#13;
where patriotism has dwelt, are rated by the value of their material,&#13;
and left to decay. It is difficult to visit Mount Vernon, and feel, from&#13;
any mark of care or respect visible about it, that America owes any&#13;
thing to the sacred ashes it entombs.</p><p>The family tomb at Mount Vernon has once been robbed by a sacrilegious&#13;
ruffian, whose ignorance alone preserved for us the remains of&#13;
Washington. It has been proposed to Congress to buy Mount Vernon, and&#13;
establish a guard over relics so hallowed. Why should not this be done,&#13;
and a sufficient sum be appropriated to enclose and keep in order the&#13;
whole estate, improve the execrable road leading to it from Alexandria,&#13;
and employ persons to conduct strangers over the place?</p><p>The vault in which the ashes of Washington repose, is at the distance&#13;
of, perhaps, thirty rods from the house, immediately upon the bank of&#13;
the river. A more romantic and picturesque site for a tomb can scarcely&#13;
be imagined. Between it and the Potomac is a curtain of forest-trees,&#13;
covering the steep declivity to the water’s edge, breaking the glare of&#13;
the prospect, and yet affording glimpses of the river, where the foliage&#13;
is thickest. The tomb is surrounded by several large native oaks, which&#13;
are venerable by their years, and which annually strew the sepulchre&#13;
with autumnal leaves, furnishing the most appropriate drapery for the&#13;
place, and giving a still deeper impression to the _memento mori_.&#13;
Interspersed among the oaks, and overhanging the tomb, is a copse of red&#13;
cedar, whose evergreen boughs present a fine contrast to the hoary and&#13;
leafless branches of the oak; and while the deciduous foliage of the&#13;
latter indicates the decay of the body, the eternal verdure of the&#13;
former furnishes a fitting emblem of the immortal spirit. The sacred and&#13;
symbolic _cassia_ was familiar to Washington, and, perhaps, led to the&#13;
selection of a spot where the evergreen flourished.</p><p>One of the most interesting associations with the tomb of Washington, is&#13;
La Fayette’s visit to it, as related by Levasseur:—</p><p>“After a voyage of two hours, the guns of Fort Washington announced that&#13;
we were approaching the last abode of the father of his country. At this&#13;
solemn signal, to which the military band accompanying us responded by&#13;
plaintive strains, we went on deck, and the venerable soil of Mount&#13;
Vernon was before us. At this view, an involuntary and spontaneous&#13;
movement made us kneel. We landed in boats, and trod upon the ground so&#13;
often trod by the feet of Washington. A carriage received General&#13;
Lafayette; and the other visitors silently ascended the precipitous path&#13;
which conducted to the solitary habitation of Mount Vernon. In&#13;
re-entering beneath this hospitable roof, which had sheltered him when&#13;
the reign of terror tore him violently from his country and family,&#13;
George Lafayette felt his heart sink within him, at no more finding him&#13;
whose paternal care had softened his misfortunes; while his father&#13;
sought with emotion for every thing which reminded him of the companion&#13;
of his glorious toils.</p><p>“Three nephews of General Washington took Lafayette, his son, and&#13;
myself, to conduct us to the tomb of their uncle: our numerous&#13;
companions remained in the house. In a few minutes the cannon,&#13;
thundering anew, announced that Lafayette rendered homage to the ashes&#13;
of Washington. Simple and modest as he was during life, the tomb of the&#13;
citizen hero is scarcely perceived among the sombre cypresses by which&#13;
it is surrounded. A vault, slightly elevated and dodded over—a wooden&#13;
door without inscriptions—some withered and green garlands, indicate to&#13;
the traveller who visits the spot, where rest in peace the puissant arms&#13;
which broke the chains of his country. As we approached, the door was&#13;
opened. Lafayette descended alone into the vault, and a few minutes&#13;
after re-appeared, with his eyes overflowing with tears. He took his son&#13;
and me by the hand, and led us into the tomb, where, by a sign, he&#13;
indicated the coffin. We knelt reverentially, and rising, threw&#13;
ourselves into the arms of Lafayette, and mingled our tears with his.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                      BLACK MOUNTAIN—LAKE GEORGE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The mountains on the shore of this exquisite lake consist of two great&#13;
ranges, bordering it from north to south. The western range passes&#13;
westward of the north-west bay, at the head of which a vast spar,&#13;
shooting towards the south-east, forms the whole of the peninsula&#13;
between that bay and the lake. Both these ranges alternately approach&#13;
the lake, so as to constitute a considerable part of its shores, and&#13;
recede from it again to the distance sometimes of two or three miles.</p><p>The summits of these mountains are of almost every figure, from the&#13;
arch, to the bold, bluff, and sharp cone. In some instances, the loftier&#13;
ones are bald, solemn, and forbidding; in others, they are clothed and&#13;
crowned with verdure. It is the peculiarity of Lake George, that, while&#13;
all the world agrees to speak only of its loveliness, it is surrounded&#13;
by features of the highest grandeur and sublimity. The Black Mountain is&#13;
one of these; and there is every variety of chasm, crag, promontory, and&#13;
peak, which a painter would require for the noblest composition of&#13;
mountain scenery. The atmospheric changes here, too, are almost always&#13;
violent; and storms are so frequent, that there is scarce a traveller to&#13;
Lake George in the summer who has not seen it in a thunder-storm.</p><p>It was remarked to me on this lake by a foreigner, that, with all the&#13;
luxuriance of the vegetation, the trees seemed small; and it is a remark&#13;
that is frequently made by Englishmen, who compare the common trees in&#13;
the woods on the roadside with the oaks left to flourish for centuries&#13;
in venerating and venerable England. The best answer to this remark is&#13;
contained in a letter, addressed to a friend in England, by an able&#13;
writer of this country:—</p><p>“The soil of New England is naturally quite as rich and productive as&#13;
that of England: of this the thrifty growth and ultimate size of our&#13;
forest-trees is ample proof. _Few of them, indeed, can now be found of&#13;
this size: almost all the original forests of this country having been&#13;
long since cut down._ I have seen many of these trees, and have compared&#13;
them with the accounts given of forests in many parts of the globe, and&#13;
am assured that they will very rarely suffer by such comparison. It may&#13;
seem strange to you, accustomed as you are to see forest-trees planted&#13;
in great numbers, and preserved with great care, that the inhabitants of&#13;
this country should, so soon after its colonization, have cut down their&#13;
forests in this extensive manner. This is one of the ten thousand&#13;
subjects, presented to the mind by the existing state of things here,&#13;
about which a foreigner must necessarily misconceive. Should he travel&#13;
through New England he would naturally conclude that the forest-trees&#13;
failed of arriving at the size which they attain in Europe. He would,&#13;
indeed, see that they were tall, and apparently very thrifty, but small&#13;
in the girth. I do not mean that they are universally so; but that this&#13;
is extensively the fact throughout the southern division. For the reason&#13;
of it he would be at a loss, and most probably would attribute it,&#13;
notwithstanding the thrifty appearance of the trees, to sterility of&#13;
soil, or, in the mystic language of Buffon, to ‘a deficiency of matter.’&#13;
Should he be informed that the real cause was the age of the trees,&#13;
almost all of which are young, his perplexity would be increased. On the&#13;
one hand he would be astonished at the folly of destroying forests in&#13;
this wanton manner, without any apparent reason; and, on the other,&#13;
would be unable to comprehend how these forests renewed themselves&#13;
without the aid of planting. All this is, however, easily explicable.&#13;
The wood of this country is its fuel. An Englishman who sees the various&#13;
fires of his own country sustained by peat and coal only, cannot easily&#13;
form a conception of the quantity of wood, or, if you please, of forest&#13;
which is necessary for this purpose. To this quantity must be added the&#13;
timber for the uses of building, in a country where almost all buildings&#13;
are formed merely of timber; of fencing, furniture, and commerce; and a&#13;
prodigious mass annually destroyed in the recent settlements for the&#13;
mere purpose of clearing the ground. With these facts before him, he&#13;
will cease to wonder that forests are very extensively felled in New&#13;
England. All these forests renew themselves. The seeds of the&#13;
forest-trees spring more readily and successfully when left on the&#13;
surface than when buried in the ground, even at a very small depth. They&#13;
will not, however, germinate upon a sward: they demand a soil loose and&#13;
light. In this state the soil is always kept in forested ground by the&#13;
leaves deposited on the earth. These also supply the necessary moisture&#13;
for germination, and effectually shelter the seeds, particularly the&#13;
nuts and acorns, from the ravages of animals. In this manner, and by a&#13;
process totally superior to any contrived by the human mind, forests are&#13;
furnished by the Author of nature with the means of perpetual&#13;
self-restoration.</p><p>“But this is not the only mode, nor the most expeditious, nor that which&#13;
is principally relied on in this country. When a field of wood is, in&#13;
the language of our farmers, _cut clean_—i.e. when every tree is cut&#13;
down, so far as any progress is made, vigorous shoots sprout from every&#13;
stump; and having their nourishment supplied by the roots of the former&#13;
tree, grow with a thrift and rapidity never seen in stems derived from&#13;
the seed. Good grounds will thus yield a growth amply sufficient for&#13;
fuel, once in fourteen years. A multitude of farmers, therefore, cut&#13;
their wood in this manner; although, it must be confessed, there are&#13;
different opinions and practices concerning the subject. In these two&#13;
modes the forests in New England become, in a sense, ever-living, and&#13;
supply plentifully the wants of the inhabitants.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                CONNECTICUT VALLEY, FROM MOUNT HOLYOKE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The broad open lands, or _intervals_, as they are called in this&#13;
country, which border upon the Connecticut, contain some of the most&#13;
sunny and fertile pictures of cultivation to be found on our continent.&#13;
From the mouth of the river up to its rise beyond the White Mountains,&#13;
it is gemmed with beautiful rural towns, many of them among the first in&#13;
our country for prosperity, neatness, and cultivated society.</p><p>The history of these towns presents some of the bloodiest traits marked&#13;
on the early settlements of New England. The event which gave the name&#13;
to Bloody Brook, a small village near the southern extremity of&#13;
Dresfield, is among many sanguinary records of the difficulties and&#13;
dangers of the first settlers in this valley.</p><p>For a considerable number of years the inhabitants of the valley had&#13;
lived in as perfect harmony with the Indians among whom they had&#13;
settled, as was possible, with the great difference between their&#13;
characters, principles, and pursuits. They had purchased their lands at&#13;
an equitable price, and in all their transactions with them had observed&#13;
the strictest equity and humanity. This state of tranquillity was only&#13;
disturbed by the wide-spreading intrigues of the bold sachem, Philip,&#13;
whose discernment, comprehensiveness of views, and admirable address,&#13;
entitle him to the first rank of superiority among the aborigines known&#13;
in our history. By means of emissaries, and personal solicitation, and&#13;
eloquence, this renowned warrior succeeded in uniting all the numerous&#13;
tribes of Indians within the territories colonized by the whites, in one&#13;
extensive conspiracy of extermination. Though divided into many tribes,&#13;
hostile to each other and perpetually at war, they joined in this common&#13;
cause, and a general war broke out at once in every part of the country.</p><p>The first symptom in the Valley of the Connecticut, was an abandonment&#13;
by the Indians of their fortresses and houses. They were pursued by a&#13;
party of settlers, and overtaken about eight miles above Hatfield; where&#13;
a skirmish ensued, in which nine or ten whites were killed, and about&#13;
twenty-six Indians.</p><p>Several attacks upon the settlements in the valley immediately followed,&#13;
repelled always with loss of life; and on the 30th of May, 1676, a body&#13;
of six or seven hundred attacked Hatfield again. The men were abroad in&#13;
the fields, but, reinforced by a small band from Hadley, they broke&#13;
through the Indians, and joined the families who had fled to the&#13;
fortified houses for protection. After a prolonged contest, they&#13;
succeeded in driving the Indians from the settlement, which was never&#13;
again attacked.</p><p>The village of Deerfield was among those which had suffered most from&#13;
the first incursions of the Indians, the houses having been burnt, and&#13;
the town evacuated in consequence. Their harvest had been cut about two&#13;
months before, and having been stacked in the fields, escaped the&#13;
conflagration. About eighty men from the settlements below came up to&#13;
protect the harvesters in carting it in, and about three thousand&#13;
bushels of wheat were thrashed, loaded upon the waggons, and had been&#13;
drawn as far as the brook before mentioned without molestation. The&#13;
settlers stopped here to gather grasses, and while thus occupied, were&#13;
suddenly and furiously attacked by a body of eight hundred Indians.&#13;
Captain Lathrop, the leader of the party, ordered his men to fight the&#13;
Indians in their own manner, availing themselves of the protection of&#13;
the trees; but the natives, trained to run from tree to tree, and to&#13;
conceal themselves in this sort of warfare with unexampled address and&#13;
caution, fought at great advantage, and soon decided the battle in their&#13;
own favour. Lathrop was killed at the commencement of the attack; and of&#13;
the whole number of reapers and armed men, ninety were killed on the&#13;
spot.</p><p>Captain Mosely, who was at Deerfield when the enterprise was undertaken,&#13;
marched immediately with a small band to the relief of Lathrop; but,&#13;
when he arrived, the contest was over, and the savages, flushed with&#13;
success, were pillaging the dead. Forming his men into a close column,&#13;
and commanding them to keep their ranks, he charged the Indians with the&#13;
greatest intrepidity. Spite of their numbers, he drove them into a&#13;
swamp, and forced his way through the whole body. They then attempted to&#13;
hang upon his rear, but with great presence of mind he wheeled and broke&#13;
through them again. In this manner the fight was continued for five&#13;
hours. He drove them several miles, and, with only two men killed, and&#13;
five or six wounded, succeeded in killing ninety-six of their number,&#13;
and returned, unmolested, on his way to Deerfield.</p><p>The next morning, the little band went out to bury the dead, and found&#13;
the savages again stripping the bodies on the field of battle. Mosely&#13;
drove them once more before him, and then, having performed his&#13;
melancholy task, heaped a monument of loose stones over the victims, and&#13;
returned. The name of the stream, Bloody Brook, is, at present, the only&#13;
memorial of the catastrophe.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
               VIEW ON THE ERIE CANAL, NEAR LITTLE FALLS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The passage of the Canal, under the lofty bluff which springs at this&#13;
place from the edge of the Mohawk, is one of the most beautiful of the&#13;
many beautiful features disclosed to the voyager on this great outlet of&#13;
the West. No traveller sees a greater variety of fine objects within the&#13;
same distance than the follower of the Canal from Schenectady to&#13;
Buffalo; and certainly none sees them with more ease and comfort to&#13;
himself. The packet-boats are long drawing-rooms, where he dines,&#13;
sleeps, reads, lolls, or looks out of the window; and if in want of&#13;
exercise, he may at any time get a quick walk on the tow-path, and all&#13;
this without perceptible motion, jar, or smell of steam. Of all the&#13;
modes of travelling in America, the least popular and the most&#13;
delightful, to our thinking, is travelling on the Canal.</p><p>One of the descriptions of scenery through which the Canal passes, and&#13;
one which is, we believe, peculiar to our country, is what are called&#13;
_openings_. When one of these plains is seen at a little distance, a&#13;
traveller emerging from the forest naturally concludes that it is the&#13;
commencement of a settled country; and as he advances towards it, is&#13;
instinctively led to cast his eye forward to find the town or village of&#13;
which it is the outskirt. From this impression he will be unable to free&#13;
himself; for though given up, the thought will recur again, spite of his&#13;
conviction, that he is in the heart of a wilderness. At the same time a&#13;
sense of stillness and solitude, a feeling of absolute retirement from&#13;
the world, deeper and more affecting than any he has ever felt before,&#13;
will be forced upon him while roving in these sequestered regions. No&#13;
passage out of them is presented to his eye. Yet, though the tract&#13;
around him is seemingly bounded every where, the boundary is every where&#13;
obscure, being formed of trees, thinly dispersed, and retired beyond&#13;
each other at such distances, that, while they actually limit the view,&#13;
they appear rather to border dim, indistinct openings into other tracts&#13;
of country. Thus he always feels the limit to be uncertain, and until he&#13;
is actually leaving one of these plains, will continually expect to find&#13;
a part of the expansion still spreading beyond the reach of his eye. On&#13;
every side, a multitude of chasms conduct his eye beyond the labyrinth&#13;
by which he is surrounded, and present an imaginary passage back into&#13;
the world from which he is withdrawn, bewildering him with expectation&#13;
continually awakened to be continually disappointed. Thus, in a kind of&#13;
romantic rapture, he wanders over these plains with emotions similar to&#13;
those with which, when a child, he roamed through the wildernesses&#13;
created in Arabian tales.</p><p>The origin of the peculiar appearance of these grounds, Dr. Dwight&#13;
supposes, is probably this. The Indians annually, and sometimes oftener,&#13;
burned such parts of the North American forests as they found&#13;
sufficiently dry. In every such case, the fuel consists chiefly of the&#13;
fallen leaves, which are rarely dry enough for an extensive combustion,&#13;
except on uplands; and on these only when covered with a dry soil. Of&#13;
this nature were always the oak and yellow pine grounds, which were&#13;
therefore usually subjected to an annual conflagration. The beech and&#13;
maple grounds were commonly too wet to be burned. Hence, on these&#13;
grounds, the vegetable mould is from six inches to a foot in depth,&#13;
having been rarely or never consumed by fire; while on the oak and pine&#13;
grounds, it often does not exceed an inch. That this is the effect of&#13;
fire only, and not of any diversity in the nature of the trees, is&#13;
evident from the fact, that, in moist soils, where the fire cannot&#13;
penetrate, the mould is as deep on the oak as on the maple grounds. This&#13;
mould is combustible, and by an intense fire is wholly consumed.</p><p>The object of these conflagrations was to produce fresh and sweet&#13;
pasture, for the purpose of alluring the deer to the spots on which they&#13;
had been kindled. Immediately after the fires, a species of grass&#13;
springs up, sometimes called _fire-grass_, because it usually succeeds a&#13;
conflagration. Either from its nature, or from the efficacy of the fire,&#13;
it is remarkably sweet, and eagerly sought by the deer. All the&#13;
underwood is at the same time consumed, so that these animals are easily&#13;
discovered at considerable distances—a thing impracticable where the&#13;
forests have not been burned. To supply himself with timber for a&#13;
wigwam, and with wood for fuel, was the only use which the Indian could&#13;
make of the forest; and the earth furnished him with nothing but a place&#13;
for his residence, his garden, and his game. While, therefore, he&#13;
destroyed both the forest and the soil, he converted them to uses most&#13;
profitable for himself.</p><p>When these grounds had been often burned, the seeds and nuts whence&#13;
future trees would have germinated, were, of course, destroyed by fire.&#13;
The small number scattered over these plains, or _openings_, grew on&#13;
spots which were less ravaged by fire, because they were moist, or&#13;
because they were less covered with leaves.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                   HUDSON HIGHLANDS, FROM BULL HILL.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This view out from the gorge of the highlands presents a foreground of&#13;
cliff and shadow, with their reflections almost folded across in the&#13;
bosom of the river, and a middle ground of the village of Newburgh and&#13;
the gently-undulating country in the rear. The blue and far-off line of&#13;
the Kaatskills shuts in the horizon.</p><p>There is some very romantic scenery hidden among the undulations just&#13;
mentioned, embracing several small rivers, and a romantic stream, called&#13;
Murderer’s Creek, a tributary of the Hudson. Mr. Poulding, in his “New&#13;
Mirror for Travellers,” gives the following interesting legend in&#13;
explanation of the name:—</p><p>“Little more than a century ago, the beautiful region watered by this&#13;
stream was possessed by a small tribe of Indians, which has long since&#13;
become extinct, or been incorporated with some other savage nation of&#13;
the West. Three or four hundred yards from where the stream discharges&#13;
itself into the Hudson, a white family, of the name of Stacey, had&#13;
established itself in a log-house, by tacit permission of the tribe, to&#13;
whom Stacey had made himself useful by his skill in a variety of little&#13;
arts highly estimated by the savages. In particular, a friendship&#13;
existed between him and an old Indian, called Naoman, who often came to&#13;
his house and partook of his hospitality. The Indians never forgive&#13;
injuries or forget benefits. The family consisted of Stacey, his wife,&#13;
and two children, a boy and girl, the former five, the latter three&#13;
years old.”</p><p>The legend goes on to say, that Naoman, in grateful friendship, gave the&#13;
wife of Stacey a secret warning, that a massacre of the whites was&#13;
resolved on, exacting from her a solemn pledge of secrecy, and advising&#13;
instant escape across the river.</p><p>“The daily visits of old Naoman, and his more than ordinary gravity, had&#13;
excited suspicion in some of the tribe, who had accordingly paid&#13;
particular attention to the movements of Stacey. One of the young&#13;
Indians, who had kept on the watch, seeing the whole family about to&#13;
take their boat, ran to the little Indian village, about a mile off, and&#13;
gave the alarm. Five Indians collected, ran down to the river side,&#13;
where their canoes were moored, jumped in, and paddled after Stacey, who&#13;
by this time had got some distance out into the stream. They gained on&#13;
him so fast, that twice he dropped his paddle, and took up his gun. But&#13;
his wife prevented his shooting, by telling him, that if he fired, and&#13;
they were afterwards overtaken, they would meet no mercy from the&#13;
Indians. He accordingly refrained, and plied his paddle, till the sweat&#13;
rolled in big drops down his forehead. All would not do; they were&#13;
overtaken within a hundred yards of the shore, and carried back with&#13;
shouts of yelling triumph.</p><p>“When they got ashore, the Indians set fire to Stacey’s house, and&#13;
dragged himself, his wife, and children, to their village. Here the&#13;
principal old men, and Naoman among the rest, assembled to deliberate on&#13;
the affair. The chief among them stated that some one of the tribe had&#13;
undoubtedly been guilty of treason, in apprising Stacey, the white man,&#13;
of the designs of the tribe, whereby they took the alarm, and had well&#13;
nigh escaped. He proposed to examine the prisoners as to who gave the&#13;
information. The old men assented to this, and Naoman among the rest.&#13;
Stacey was first interrogated by one of the old men, who spoke English,&#13;
and interpreted to the others. Stacey refused to betray his informant.&#13;
His wife was then questioned, while at the same moment two Indians stood&#13;
threatening the two children with tomahawks in case she did not confess.&#13;
She attempted to evade the truth, by declaring she had a dream the night&#13;
before which had alarmed her, and that she had persuaded her husband to&#13;
fly. ‘The Great Spirit never deigns to talk in dreams to a white face,’&#13;
said the old Indian: ‘woman! thou hast two tongues and two faces: speak&#13;
the truth, or thy children shall surely die.’ The little boy and girl&#13;
were then brought close to her, and the two savages stood over them,&#13;
ready to execute their bloody orders.</p><p>“‘Wilt thou name,’ said the old Indian, ‘the red man who betrayed his&#13;
tribe? I will ask thee three times.’ The mother answered not. ‘Wilt thou&#13;
name the traitor? This is the second time.’ The poor mother looked at&#13;
her husband, and then at her children, and stole a glance at Naoman, who&#13;
sat smoking his pipe with invincible gravity. She wrung her hands and&#13;
wept, but remained silent. ‘Wilt thou name the traitor? ’Tis the third&#13;
and last time.’ The agony of the mother waxed more bitter; again she&#13;
sought the eye of Naoman, but it was cold and motionless. A pause of a&#13;
moment awaited her reply, and the next moment the tomahawks were raised&#13;
over the heads of the children, who besought their mother not to let&#13;
them be murdered.</p><p>“‘Stop!’ cried Naoman. All eyes were turned upon him. ‘Stop!’ repeated&#13;
he in a tone of authority. ‘White woman, thou hast kept thy word with me&#13;
to the last moment. I am the traitor. I have eaten of the salt, warmed&#13;
myself at the fire, shared the kindness of these christian white people,&#13;
and it was I that told them of their danger. I am a withered, leafless,&#13;
branchless trunk; cut me down if you will. I am ready.’ A yell of&#13;
indignation sounded on all sides. Naoman descended from the little bank&#13;
where he sat, shrouded his face with his mantle of skins, and submitted&#13;
to his fate. He fell dead at the feet of the white woman by a blow of&#13;
the tomahawk.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                  VILLA ON THE HUDSON, NEAR WEEHAWKEN.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>From this admirably chosen spot, the Bay of New York appears with every&#13;
accessory of beauty. The city itself comes into the left of the picture&#13;
to an advantage seen from no other point of view, the flocks of&#13;
river-craft scud past in all directions, men-of-war, merchantmen,&#13;
steamers, and ferry-boats, fill up the moving elements of the panorama;&#13;
and far away beyond stretches the broad harbour, with its glassy or&#13;
disturbed waters, in all the varieties of ever-changing sea-view. It was&#13;
on this side that Hudson, who had felt the hostility of the Manhattan&#13;
Indians, found a friendlier tribe, and made his first amicable visit on&#13;
shore. The Indian tradition, springing from that visit,[2] and&#13;
describing the first intoxication they had ever experienced, is&#13;
extremely amusing.</p><p>“A long time ago, before men with a white skin had ever been seen, some&#13;
Indians, fishing at a place where the sea widens, espied something at a&#13;
distance moving upon the water. They hurried ashore, collected their&#13;
neighbours, who together returned and viewed intensely this astonishing&#13;
phenomenon. What it could be, baffled all conjecture. Some supposed it&#13;
to be a large fish or animal, others that it was a very big house,&#13;
floating on the sea. Perceiving it moving towards land, the spectators&#13;
concluded that it would be proper to send runners in different&#13;
directions to carry the news to their scattered chiefs, that they might&#13;
send off for the immediate attendance of their warriors. These arriving&#13;
in numbers to behold the sight, and perceiving that it was actually&#13;
moving towards them (_i.e._ coming into the river or bay), they&#13;
conjectured that it must be a remarkably large house, in which the&#13;
Manitto (or Great Spirit), was coming to visit them. They were much&#13;
afraid, and yet under no apprehension that the Great Spirit would injure&#13;
them. They worshipped him. The chiefs now assembled at York Island, and&#13;
consulted in what manner they should receive their Manitto: meat was&#13;
prepared for a sacrifice; the women were directed to prepare the best of&#13;
victuals; idols or images were examined and put in order; a grand dance&#13;
they thought would be pleasing, and, in addition to the sacrifice, might&#13;
appease him, if angry. The conjurers were also set to work, to determine&#13;
what this phenomenon portended, and what the result would be. To these,&#13;
men, women, and children, looked up for advice and protection. Utterly&#13;
at a loss what to do, and distracted alternately by hope and fear, in&#13;
this confusion a grand dance commenced. Meantime fresh runners arrived,&#13;
declaring it to be a great house, of various colours, and full of living&#13;
creatures. It now appeared certain that it was their Manitto, probably&#13;
bringing some new kind of game. Others arriving, declared it positively&#13;
to be full of people, of different colour and dress from theirs, and&#13;
that one, in particular, appeared altogether _red_. This then must be&#13;
the _Manitto_. They were lost in admiration; could not imagine what the&#13;
vessel was, whence it came, or what all this portended. They are now&#13;
hailed from the vessel in a language they could not understand; they&#13;
answer by a shout or yell in their way. The house (or large canoe, as&#13;
some render it) stops. A smaller canoe comes on shore, with the red man&#13;
in it; some stay by his canoe, to guard it. The chiefs and wise men form&#13;
a circle, into which the red man and two attendants approach. He salutes&#13;
them with friendly countenance, and they return the salute after their&#13;
manner. They are amazed at their colour and dress, particularly with him&#13;
who, glittering in red, wore something (perhaps lace, or buttons) they&#13;
could not comprehend. He _must_ be the great Manitto, they thought; but&#13;
why should he have a _white skin_? A large elegant _hockhack_ (_gourd_,&#13;
_i.e._ bottle, decanter, &amp;c.) is brought by one of the supposed&#13;
Manitto’s servants, from which a substance is poured into a small cup or&#13;
glass, and handed to the Manitto. He drinks, has the glass refilled, and&#13;
handed to the chief near him; he takes it, smells it, and passes it to&#13;
the next, who does the same. The glass in this manner is passed round&#13;
the circle, and is about to be returned to the red-clothed man, when one&#13;
of them, a great warrior, harangues them on the impropriety of returning&#13;
the cup unemptied. It was handed to them, he said, by the Manitto, to&#13;
drink out of as he had; to follow his example would please him—to&#13;
reject it might provoke his wrath; and if no one else would, he would&#13;
drink it himself, let what would follow; for it was better for one even&#13;
to die, than a whole nation to be destroyed. He then took the glass,&#13;
smelled at it, again addressed them, bidding adieu, and drank the&#13;
contents. All eyes were now fixed (on the first Indian in New York who&#13;
had tasted the poison which has since affected so signal a revolution in&#13;
the condition of the native Americans). He soon began to stagger; the&#13;
women cried, supposing him in fits; he rolled on the ground; they bemoan&#13;
his fate; they thought him dying. He fell asleep. They at first thought&#13;
he had expired, but soon perceived he still breathed. He awoke, jumped&#13;
up, and declared he never felt more happy; he asked for more; and the&#13;
whole assembly imitating him, became intoxicated.”</p><p>In descending the river, after he had penetrated to Albany, Hudson ran&#13;
his little craft ashore at Weehawken; but the ground was a soft ooze,&#13;
and she was got off without damage, and proceeded to sea.</p><p>-----</p><p>[2] It is disputed whether this scene of intoxication took place on the&#13;
present site of New York, on the Jersey side, or at Albany.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                    VIEW OF MEREDITH, NEW HAMPSHIRE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This beautiful town stands between the two lakes Winipiseogee and&#13;
Sullivan and is deeply surrounded on every side with the most luxuriant&#13;
rural beauty. The neighbourhood of these exquisite lakes, studded&#13;
throughout with small green islands, burdened with foliage,—the lofty&#13;
mountains, near and distant,—the fertility of the soil, and the&#13;
healthiness of the spot, form a nucleus of attraction which gives&#13;
Meredith great preference over other towns in New Hampshire. The&#13;
Winipiseogee communicates, by the river of the same name, with the&#13;
Merrimack River, and is near five hundred feet above the level of the&#13;
sea.</p><p>This is the only part of New England, as far as we are aware, in which&#13;
Indians were regularly hunted by parties who went out for the purpose,&#13;
and received a bounty for their scalps. We have alluded elsewhere to&#13;
Captain Lovewell, who surprised and killed a large party of sleeping&#13;
Indians, and was killed himself afterwards, in the famous “Lovewell&#13;
fight.” The following tragedy, which took place on the Merrimack, in&#13;
what was, in those days, the neighbourhood of Meredith, shows the&#13;
provocation to this apparent inhumanity.</p><p>In the year 1697, a party of Indians, arrayed in their war dresses,&#13;
approached the house of Mr. Dustan. This man was abroad at his usual&#13;
labour. Upon the first alarm, he flew to the house, with a hope of&#13;
hurrying to a place of safety his family, consisting of his wife, who&#13;
had been confined a week only in child-bed; her nurse, a Mrs. Mary Jeff,&#13;
a widow from the neighbourhood; and eight children. Seven of his&#13;
children he ordered to flee, with the utmost expedition, in the course&#13;
opposite to that in which the danger was approaching; and went himself&#13;
to assist his wife. Before she could leave her bed, the savages were&#13;
upon them. Her husband, despairing of rendering her any service, flew to&#13;
the door, mounted his horse, and determined to snatch up the child with&#13;
which he was unable to part, when he should overtake the little flock.&#13;
When he came up to them, about two hundred yards from his house, he was&#13;
unable to make a choice, or to leave any one of the number. He therefore&#13;
determined to take his lot with them, and to defend them from their&#13;
murderers, or die by their side. A body of the Indians pursued, and came&#13;
up with him; and from near distances fired at him and his little&#13;
company. He returned the fire, and retreated, alternately. For more than&#13;
a mile he kept so resolute a face to his enemy, retiring in the rear of&#13;
his charge, returned the fire of the savages so often, and with so good&#13;
success, and sheltered so effectually his terrified companions, that he&#13;
finally lodged them all safe from the pursuing butchers, in a distant&#13;
house. When it is remembered how numerous his assailants were, how bold&#13;
when an overmatch for their enemies, how active, and what excellent&#13;
marksmen, a devout mind will consider the hand of Providence as&#13;
unusually visible in the preservation of this family. Another party of&#13;
the Indians entered the house, immediately after Mr. Dustan had quitted&#13;
it, and found Mrs. Dustan, and her nurse, who was attempting to fly with&#13;
the infant in her arms. Mrs. Dustan they ordered to rise instantly; and&#13;
before she could completely dress herself, obliged her and her companion&#13;
to quit the house, after they had plundered it and set it on fire. In&#13;
company with several other captives, they began their march into the&#13;
wilderness; she feeble, sick, terrified beyond measure, partially clad,&#13;
one of her feet bare, and the season utterly unfit for comfortable&#13;
travelling. The air was chilly and keen, and the earth covered,&#13;
alternately, with snow and deep mud. Her conductors were unfeeling,&#13;
insolent, and revengeful: murder was their glory, and torture their&#13;
sport. Her infant was in her nurse’s arms; and infants were the&#13;
customary victims of savage barbarity. The company had proceeded but a&#13;
short distance, when an Indian, thinking it an incumbrance, took the&#13;
child out of the nurse’s arms, and dashed its head against a tree. Such&#13;
of the other captives as began to be weary, and lag, the Indians&#13;
tomahawked. The slaughter was not an act of revenge or of cruelty; it&#13;
was a mere convenience; an effort so familiar as not even to excite an&#13;
emotion. Feeble as Mrs. Dustan was, both she and her nurse sustained,&#13;
without yielding, the fatigue of the journey. Their intense distress for&#13;
the death of the child, and of their companions, anxiety for those whom&#13;
they had left behind, and unceasing terror for themselves, raised these&#13;
unhappy women to such a degree of vigour, that notwithstanding their&#13;
fatigue, their exposure to cold, their sufferance from hunger, and their&#13;
sleeping on damp ground, under an inclement sky, they finished an&#13;
expedition of about one hundred and fifty miles, without losing their&#13;
spirits, or injuring their health. The _weekwarm_ to which they were&#13;
conducted, and which belonged to the savage who had claimed them as his&#13;
property, was inhabited by twelve persons. In the month of April this&#13;
family set out, with their captives, for an Indian settlement still more&#13;
remote; and informed them, that when they arrived at the settlement,&#13;
they must be stripped, scourged, and run the gauntlet, naked, between&#13;
two files of Indians, containing the whole number found in the&#13;
settlement; for such, they declared, was the standing custom of their&#13;
nation. This information made a deep impression on the minds of the&#13;
captive women, and led them irresistibly to devise all the possible&#13;
means of escape. On the 31st of the same month, very early in the&#13;
morning, Mrs. Dustan, while the Indians were asleep, having awaked her&#13;
nurse, and a fellow-prisoner (a youth taken some time before, from&#13;
Worcester), despatched, with the assistance of her companions, ten of&#13;
the twelve Indians; the other two escaped. With the scalps of these&#13;
savages, they returned through the wilderness; and, having arrived&#13;
safely at Haverhill, and afterwards at Boston, received a handsome&#13;
reward for their intrepid conduct, from the legislature.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                           BALLSTON SPRINGS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>These celebrated springs rise in a valley formed by a branch of the&#13;
Kayaderosseras Creek. In this valley, and on its acclivities, is built&#13;
the village called Ballston Spa. The medicinal character of the waters&#13;
was discovered (as was said of Saratoga) by the beaten track of the deer&#13;
to the springs at certain seasons. Ballston is now a populous village&#13;
during the summer, and, since the rail-road has connected it with&#13;
Saratoga, these two resorts have become like one, and, together,&#13;
assemble, during certain months, the greater proportion of the moving&#13;
population of the country. A description of the kind of life led at&#13;
these springs accompanies another drawing in this Series.</p><p>At the time of the breaking out of the revolutionary war this part of&#13;
the country was very thinly settled. The inhabitants for the most part&#13;
took the continental side; but at the battle of Hoosac, a few miles from&#13;
Ballston, a man was taken prisoner by the Americans, whose history&#13;
exhibits some fine traits of character. He was a plain farmer from this&#13;
neighbourhood, named Richard Jackson, and had conscientiously taken the&#13;
British side in the contest. Feeling himself bound of course to employ&#13;
himself in the service of his sovereign, he no sooner heard that Colonel&#13;
Baum was advancing, than he saddled his horse and rode to Hoosac,&#13;
intending to attach himself to this corps. Here he was taken, in such&#13;
circumstances as proved his intention beyond every reasonable doubt. He&#13;
was, besides, too honest to deny it. Accordingly he was transmitted to&#13;
Great Barrington, then the shire-town of Berkshire, and placed in the&#13;
hands of General Fellows, high sheriff of the county, who immediately&#13;
confined him in the county gaol. This building was at that time so&#13;
infirm, that without a guard no prisoner could be kept in it who wished&#13;
to make his escape. To escape, however, was in no degree consonant with&#13;
Richard’s idea of right; and he thought no more seriously of making an&#13;
attempt of this nature, than he would have done had he been in his own&#13;
house. After he had lain quietly in gaol a few days, he told the sheriff&#13;
that he was losing his time, and earning nothing, and wished that he&#13;
would permit him to go out and work in the day time, promising to return&#13;
regularly at evening to his quarters in the prison. The sheriff had&#13;
become acquainted with his character, and readily acceded to his&#13;
proposal. Accordingly Richard went out regularly during the remaining&#13;
part of the autumn, and the following winter and spring, until the&#13;
beginning of May, and every night returned at the proper hour to the&#13;
gaol. In this manner he performed a day’s work every day, with scarcely&#13;
any exception beside the Sabbath, through the whole period.</p><p>In the month of May he was to be tried for high treason. The sheriff&#13;
accordingly made preparations to conduct him to Springfield, where his&#13;
trial was to be held; but he told the sheriff that it was not worth his&#13;
while to take this trouble, for he could just as well go alone, and it&#13;
would save both the expense and inconvenience of the sheriff’s journey.&#13;
The sheriff, after a little reflection, assented to his proposal, and&#13;
Richard commenced his journey; the only one, it is believed, which was&#13;
ever undertaken in the same manner for the same object. In the woods of&#13;
Tyringham he was overtaken by the Hon. T. Edwards, from whom I had this&#13;
story.—“Whither are you going?” said Mr. Edwards. “To Springfield,&#13;
Sir,” answered Richard, “to be tried for my life.” Accordingly he&#13;
proceeded directly to Springfield, surrendered himself to the sheriff of&#13;
Hampshire, was tried, found guilty, and condemned to die.</p><p>The council of Massachusets was at this time the supreme executive of&#13;
the State. Application was made to this board for a pardon. The facts&#13;
were stated, the evidence by which they were supported, and the sentence&#13;
grounded on them. The question was then put by the president, “Shall a&#13;
pardon be granted to Richard Jackson?” The gentleman who spoke first&#13;
observed that the case was perfectly clear; the act alleged against&#13;
Jackson was unquestionably high treason; and the proof was complete. If&#13;
a pardon should be granted in this case, he saw no reason why it should&#13;
not be granted in every other. In the same manner answered those who&#13;
followed him. When it came to the turn of Mr. Edwards, he told this&#13;
story with those little circumstances of particularity, which, though&#13;
they are easily lost from the memory, and have escaped mine, give light&#13;
and shade, a living reality, and a picturesque impressiveness, to every&#13;
tale which is fitted to enforce conviction, or to touch the heart. At&#13;
the same time he recited it without enhancement, without expatiating,&#13;
without any attempt to be pathetic. As is always the case, this&#13;
simplicity gave the narration its full force. The council began to&#13;
hesitate. One of the members at length observed—“Certainly such a man&#13;
as this ought not to be sent to the gallows.” To his opinion the members&#13;
unanimously assented. A pardon was immediately made out and transmitted&#13;
to Springfield, and Richard returned to his family.</p><p>Never was a stronger proof exhibited, that honesty is wisdom.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                    THE NARROWS, FROM FORT HAMILTON.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>Not quite one hundred years after Verrazzano’s discovery of the Bay of&#13;
New York, during all which period we have no account of its having been&#13;
visited by an European vessel, Hudson made the Capes of Virginia on his&#13;
third cruise in search of the north-west passage. Standing still on a&#13;
northward course, he arrived in sight of the Narrows, distinguishing&#13;
from a great distance the Highlands of Never Sink, which his mate,&#13;
Robert Juet, describes in the journal he kept as a “very good land to&#13;
fall with, and a pleasant land to see.”</p><p>The most interesting peculiarity of our country to a European observer,&#13;
is the freshness of its early history, and the strong contrast it&#13;
presents of most of the features of a highly civilized land, with the&#13;
youth and recent adventure of a newly discovered one. The details of&#13;
these first discoveries are becoming every day more interesting: and to&#13;
accompany a drawing of the Narrows, or entrance to the Bay of New York,&#13;
the most fit illustration is that part of the journal of the great&#13;
navigator which relates to his first view of them. The following&#13;
extracts describe the Narrows as they were two hundred years ago: the&#13;
drawing presents them as they are.</p><p>“At three of the clock in the afternoone we came to three great rivers.&#13;
So we stood along to the northernmost, thinking to have gone into it,&#13;
but we found it to have a very shoald barre before it, for we had but&#13;
ten foot water. Then we cast about to the southward, and found two&#13;
fathoms, three fathoms, and three and a quarter, till we came to the&#13;
souther side of them, then we had five or six fathoms, and anchored. So&#13;
we sent in our boat to sound, and they found no less water than foure,&#13;
five, six, and seven fathoms, and returned in an hour and a halfe. So we&#13;
weighed and went in, and rode in five fathoms, ose ground, and saw many&#13;
salmons, and mullets, and rayes very great.</p><p>“The fourth, in the morning, as soone as the day was light, we saw that&#13;
it was good riding farther up. So we sent our boate to sound, and found&#13;
that it was a very good harbour; then we weighed and went in with our&#13;
ship. Then our boat went on land with our net to fish, and caught ten&#13;
great mullets, of a foot and a half long apeece, and a ray as great as&#13;
foure men could hale into the ship. So we trimmed our boat, and rode&#13;
still all day. At night the wind blew hard at the north-west, and our&#13;
anchor came home, and we drove on shore, but took no hurt, thanked bee&#13;
God, for the ground is soft sand and ose. This day the people of the&#13;
country came aboard of us, seeming very glad of our comming, and brought&#13;
greene tobacco, and gave us of it for knives and beads. They go in deere&#13;
skins loose, well dressed. They have yellow copper. They desire&#13;
cloathes, and are very civill. They have great store of maise, or Indian&#13;
wheate, whereof they make good bread. The country is full of great and&#13;
tall oaks.</p><p>“The fifth, in the morning, as soone as the day was light, the wind&#13;
ceased; so we sent our boate in to sound the bay. Our men went on land&#13;
there and saw great store of men, women, and children, who gave them&#13;
tobacco at their coming on land. So they went up into the woods, and saw&#13;
great store of very goodly oakes, and some currants.</p><p>“The sixth, in the morning, was faire weather, and our master sent John&#13;
Colman with foure other men in our boate over to the north side, to&#13;
sound the other river,” (the Narrows.) “They found very good riding for&#13;
ships, and a narrow river to the westward,” (probably what is now called&#13;
the Kells, or the passage between Bergen-Neck and Staten Island,)&#13;
“between two islands. The lands, they told us, were as pleasant, with&#13;
grasse and flowers, and goodly trees, as ever they had seen, and very&#13;
sweet smells came from them. So they went in two leagues and saw an open&#13;
sea, and returned; and as they came backe they were set upon by two&#13;
canoes, the one having twelve, the other fourteen men. The night came&#13;
on, and it began to raine, so that their match went out; and they had&#13;
one man slain in the fight, which was an Englishman, named John Colman,&#13;
with an arrow shot into his throat, and two more hurt. It grew so dark&#13;
that they could not find the shippe that night, but laboured to and fro&#13;
on their oares.</p><p>“The seventh was fair, and they returned aboard the ship, and brought&#13;
our dead man with them, whom we carried on land and buried.”</p><p>On the eighth, Hudson lay still, to be more sure of the disposition of&#13;
the natives before venturing farther in. Several came on board, but no&#13;
disturbance occurred, and on the ninth he got under weigh, passed the&#13;
Narrows, and proceeded by slow degrees up the river destined to bear his&#13;
name.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                    THE NOTCH HOUSE—WHITE MOUNTAINS.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>A considerable tract of land in New Hampshire was granted to two&#13;
individuals of the names of Nash and Sawyer, for the discovery of “the&#13;
Notch.” This pass, the only one by which the inhabitants of a large&#13;
extent of country, north-westward of these mountains, can, without a&#13;
great circuit, make their way to the eastern shore, was known to the&#13;
savages, who used to conduct their prisoners, taken on the coast,&#13;
through this gap to Canada. By the people of New Hampshire, it was&#13;
either unknown, or had been forgotten. Nash discovered it; but Sawyer&#13;
persuaded Nash to admit him to an equal share of the benefits resulting&#13;
from the discovery. It was, however, little advantage to either. They&#13;
were both hunters, and with the thoughtlessness of men devoted to that&#13;
employment, squandered the property soon after it was granted.</p><p>The Notch-house is inhabited by a family of the name of Crawford, who&#13;
have the reputation, given them by travellers to the Notch, of being&#13;
giants in size and strength. Ethan, one of the brothers living a mile or&#13;
two further up, is called the “Keeper of the Mountains.” A manuscript&#13;
journal of a pedestrian excursion to Mount Washington lies before us, in&#13;
which the writer (a friend of ours, who is a small Titan himself, and&#13;
whose estimate of thewe and sinew is to be taken with a grain of&#13;
allowance) rather sneers at the proportions of the mountain-keeper.&#13;
After walking from thirty to thirty-four miles a day, mostly up hill,&#13;
our friend and his companion arrive at the Notch-house.</p><p>“About one o’clock,” says the journal, “we reached the house of T. G.&#13;
Crawford, where we must remain till we can ascend Mount Washington.&#13;
These Crawfords are not such giants as I had been led to suppose. We&#13;
have not, however, seen Ethan, the most celebrated of the race.</p><p>“Last night we had a thunder shower, with sharp lightning. The thunder&#13;
sounds heavy, and rumbles or echoes among the mountains with a very&#13;
impressive effect. Just at evening we visited a beautiful cataract&#13;
called the _Flume_, about half a mile from the house, and took the&#13;
finest shower-bath I ever enjoyed. To-day the weather is doubtful, and&#13;
we shall not attempt the ascent till to-morrow. There is enough in this&#13;
immediate neighbourhood to occupy a week. The variety and magnificence&#13;
of the scenery in every direction would satisfy the most ardent lover of&#13;
the picturesque. Crawford is a fine fellow: his house is excellent, his&#13;
trout delicious, and his _neighbours perfectly quiet_! The album kept&#13;
here is an amusing _omniana_ of nonsense and astonishment, sentiment and&#13;
piety.</p><p>“After dinner walked over to Ethan Crawford’s, and saw the celebrated&#13;
‘Keeper of the White Mountains.’ Expected to find him a giant, but were&#13;
disappointed: he is a large man, and strong in muscle, but I have seen&#13;
fifty larger and stronger in my own town. There is nothing remarkable in&#13;
his manners or conversation. His voice is stentorian, and his style is&#13;
marked by a rude bluntness and an apparent consciousness that something&#13;
original is expected of him. On our return had a fine view of Mount&#13;
Washington and his fellow-peaks. The monarch’s head was capp’d with&#13;
clouds, while all the others stood bare, as if uncovered for respect.”</p><p>Another traveller thus speaks of the scenery of this spot:—“We rode six&#13;
miles farther, and came to a farm occupied by a man named Crawford. Here&#13;
the mountains assumed the form of an immense amphitheatre, elliptical in&#13;
its figure, from twelve to fifteen miles in length, from two to four in&#13;
breadth, and crowned with summits of vast height and amazing grandeur.&#13;
Compared with this scene all human works of this nature, that of Titus&#13;
particularly, so splendidly described by Gibbon, are diminished into&#13;
toys and gewgaws. Here more millions could sit than hundreds there;&#13;
every one of whom could look down with a full view on the valley&#13;
beneath.</p><p>“The south-eastern extremity of this form was, some years since, the&#13;
scene of a melancholy circumstance. A young woman, who had been employed&#13;
at Jefferson, in the service of Colonel Whipple, had fallen deeply in&#13;
love with a young man in the service of the same gentleman. At the close&#13;
of autumn they agreed to go together to Portsmouth. On some occasion or&#13;
other she was induced, before the time fixed for their departure, to go&#13;
over to Lancaster. When she returned, she found him unexpectedly gone,&#13;
and determined to follow him. December was already advanced, the snow&#13;
had fallen deep, and there was not a house for thirty miles on the road.&#13;
She set out on foot, and walked twenty-three miles from the house she&#13;
had left, and then, overcome probably with fatigue, wrapped herself in&#13;
her cloak, and lay down under a bush, where she was found a month&#13;
afterwards, stiffened with frost.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                      WILKESBARRE—VALE OF WYOMING.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>This beautiful town is situated on the eastern bank of the Susquehanna,&#13;
opposite the village of Wyoming, celebrated in the “Gertrude” of&#13;
Campbell. Like all the towns in this picturesque valley, it possesses&#13;
fine points of picturesque beauty, and exhibits the thrift and&#13;
agricultural prosperity which, all over the United States, contrast so&#13;
strongly with the recent and unforgotten tales of the primitive&#13;
wilderness.</p><p>There is a book, of which many copies do not now exist, entitled,&#13;
“Observations made by John Bartram, in his Travels through Pennsylvania&#13;
to the Lake Ontario,” which presents a very wild picture of this part of&#13;
the country in 1743. His companions were Mr. Weisar, a Mr. Evans, and a&#13;
Delaware chief, called _Shickalamy_, and the object of their journey was&#13;
to reconcile some differences between the English and the different&#13;
Indian nations on that frontier. The dignity of their character as&#13;
envoys from the English procured for them a kind reception, and the&#13;
sight of many ceremonies not commonly seen by travellers. On their&#13;
arrival on the banks of the Susquehanna, they were entertained by a&#13;
hunting party of Indians, who served them up a roasted bear. _Apropos_&#13;
to this, he describes the following superstition:—</p><p>“As soon as the bear is killed, the hunter places the small end of his&#13;
pipe in its mouth, and, by blowing in the bowl, fills the mouth and&#13;
throat full of smoke. He then conjures the departed spirit of the bear&#13;
not to resent the injury done his body, nor to thwart his future sport&#13;
in hunting. As he receives no answer to this, in order to know if his&#13;
prayers have prevailed, he cuts the ligament under the bear’s tongue. If&#13;
these ligaments contract and shrivel up when cast into the fire, which&#13;
is done with invocations and great solemnity, then it is esteemed a&#13;
certain mark that the _manes_ are appeased.”</p><p>On the next day’s journey, still following the winding bank of the east&#13;
branch of the Susquehanna, they arrived at an Indian village, where the&#13;
natives welcomed them by beating a rude drum. Assisting them to unsaddle&#13;
their horses, they invited them into the principal wigwam, and cut long&#13;
grass, and laid it on the floor for them to sit upon. The chiefs then&#13;
came in with their pipes, (one of which, he says, was six feet long,&#13;
with a stone head and a reed stem;) and immediately after they were&#13;
regaled with roast venison, of which the morsel of honour was the neck,&#13;
given to them for their share, to Mr. Bartram’s great dissatisfaction. A&#13;
superstitious ceremony took place here, the description of which is&#13;
rather curious.</p><p>“They cut a parcel of poles, which they stick in the ground in a circle&#13;
of about five feet diameter, and then bring them together at the top,&#13;
and tie them in the form of an oven. In this the conjuror placeth&#13;
himself, and his assistants cover his cage over with blankets. To make&#13;
it still more suffocating, hot stones are rolled in. The conjuror then&#13;
cries aloud, and agitates his body in the most violent manner; and when&#13;
nature has lost almost all her faculties, the stubborn spirit becomes&#13;
visible to him, generally in the shape of some bird. There is usually a&#13;
stake driven into the ground about four feet high, and painted, for the&#13;
airy visitant to perch upon while he reveals what the invocant wisheth&#13;
to know. Sometimes there is a bowl of water, into which they often look&#13;
when nearly exhausted, to see whether the spirit is ready to answer&#13;
their demands.”</p><p>The next day he encounters another superstition:—“On our left, as we&#13;
journeyed, we perceived a hill, where the Indians told us that corn,&#13;
tobacco, and squashes were found on the following occasion. An Indian of&#13;
a distant tribe, whose wife had eloped, came hither to hunt, intending,&#13;
with his skins, to purchase another wife. Coming to this hill, he espied&#13;
a young squaw, sitting alone. Going to her and inquiring whence she&#13;
came, she answered that she came from heaven to provide sustenance for&#13;
poor Indians, and if he came to that place twelve months after, he&#13;
should find food there. He came accordingly and found corn, squashes,&#13;
and tobacco, which were propagated from thence, and spread through the&#13;
country; and this silly story is religiously held for truth among them.”</p><p>He kept on up the valley of the Susquehanna, through woods, where, as he&#13;
describes it, “the tops of the trees for miles together were so close to&#13;
one another that there is no seeing which way the clouds drive, nor&#13;
knowing which way the wind sets; and it seems as if the sun had never&#13;
shone on the ground beneath since the creation.” It is a description of&#13;
a complete wilderness, till he reaches the borders of Lake Ontario—a&#13;
tract of country that, in ninety years from the time he wrote, is seamed&#13;
with rail-roads and canals, and teeming with towns, improvement and&#13;
speculation.</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                              SQUAWM LAKE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The Indianesque, but not very pretty name, in which this lovely body of&#13;
waters rejoices, has been once or twice changed, but the force of usage&#13;
has uniformly triumphed. Dr. Dwight called it Sullivan’s Lake, after&#13;
Major-General Sullivan, formerly governor of the State; and the&#13;
adjoining waters of Winipiseogee, he named Lake Wentworth, after another&#13;
governor; but both have fallen into disuse, and the original names have&#13;
reverted.</p><p>The great defect in American Lakes, generally, is the vast, unrelieved&#13;
expanse of water, without islands and promontories, producing a fatigue&#13;
on the eye similar to that of the sea. Squawm and Winipiseogee Lakes are&#13;
exceptions to this observation. They are connected by so narrow an&#13;
isthmus that five hundred dollars, it is said, would pay the expense of&#13;
uniting them: and their islands together amount, it is said also, to&#13;
exactly three hundred and sixty-five. As this singular coincidence has&#13;
been remarked of several other lakes, however, the assertion seems&#13;
rather apocryphal.</p><p>Some of the very loveliest scenery in the world lies about these two&#13;
lakes, yet they are seldom visited. The country around is fertile, and&#13;
sufficiently cultivated to soften the appearance of wilderness, which it&#13;
might receive from the prevalency of forest, and the luxuriance of&#13;
vegetation; but the mountains, which form its back-ground from every&#13;
point, shutting it in like an amphitheatre, seem to seclude it from the&#13;
flow of population.</p><p>Nature is a capricious beauty, and, like most other beauties, has her&#13;
best looks, and her favourable times, to be seen to advantage. Beautiful&#13;
as she is at Squawm Lake in the first plenitude of spring, she is more&#13;
beautiful in the first flush over her face of the bright colours of&#13;
autumn. The autumnal tints of our forests are peculiar to America, but&#13;
there are some parts of the country where, for various reasons, this&#13;
phenomenon is much more beautiful than at others. The moisture of the&#13;
land about these lakes, the extreme luxuriance of the sap in&#13;
consequence, and the liability of the whole of this region to sudden&#13;
changes of temperature, contribute to its brilliancy. The sharp frost of&#13;
a single night effects a change very often that seems almost miraculous,&#13;
and the multiplication of these gawdy colours in the mirror of the&#13;
surrounding waters, the bright golden, crimson, and purple islands, and&#13;
the gorgeous hill-sides, all reflected and redoubled, make it a scene&#13;
which the imagination never could pre-conceive. From a late publication&#13;
we extract a description of this phenomenon, made from observation, and&#13;
finished with some care.</p><p>“The first severe frost had come, and the miraculous change had passed&#13;
upon the leaves which is known only in America. The blood-red sugar&#13;
maple, with a leaf brighter and more delicate than a Circassian lip,&#13;
stood here and there in the forest like the sultan’s standard in a&#13;
host—the solitary and far-seen aristocrat of the wilderness; the birch,&#13;
with its spirit-like and amber leaves, ghosts of the departed summer,&#13;
turned out along the edges of the woods like a lining of the palest&#13;
gold; the broad sycamore and the fan-like catalpa flaunted their saffron&#13;
foliage in the sun, spotted with gold like the wings of a lady-bird; the&#13;
kingly oak, with its summit shaken bare, still hid its majestic trunk in&#13;
a drapery of sumptuous dyes, like a stricken monarch, gathering his&#13;
robes of state about him, to die royally in his purple; the tall poplar,&#13;
with its minaret of silver leaves, stood blanched like a coward in the&#13;
dying forest, burthening every breeze with its complainings; the hickory&#13;
paled through its enduring green; the bright berries of the&#13;
mountain-ash, flushed with a more sanguine glory in the unobstructed&#13;
sun; the gaudy tulip-tree, the sybarite of vegetation, stripped of its&#13;
golden cups, still drank the intoxicating light of noon-day in leaves&#13;
than which the lip of an Indian shell was never more delicately tinted;&#13;
the still deeper-dyed vines of the lavish wilderness, perishing with the&#13;
noble things whose summer they had shared, outshone them in their&#13;
decline, as woman in her death is heavenlier than the being on whom in&#13;
life she leaned; and alone and unsympathizing in this universal decay,&#13;
outlaws from nature, stood the fir and the hemlock; their frowning and&#13;
sombre heads darker and less lovely than ever, in contrast with the&#13;
death-struck glory of their companions.</p><p>“The dull colours of English autumnal foliage give you no conception of&#13;
this marvellous phenomenon. The change here is gradual; in America it is&#13;
the work of a night—of a single frost!</p><p>“Oh, to have seen the sun set on hills bright in the still green and&#13;
lingering summer, and to awake in the morning to a spectacle like this!</p><p>“It is as if a myriad of rainbows were laced through the tree-tops—as&#13;
if the sunsets of a summer—gold, purple, and crimson—had been fused in&#13;
the alembic of the west, and poured back in a new deluge of light and&#13;
colour over the wilderness. It is as if every leaf in these countless&#13;
trees had been painted to outflush the tulip—as if, by some electric&#13;
miracle, the dyes of the earth’s heart had struck upward, and her&#13;
crystals and ores, her sapphires, hyacinths, and rubies, had let forth&#13;
their imprisoned colours to mount through the roots of the forests, and,&#13;
like the angels that in olden time entered the bodies of the dying,&#13;
re-animate the perishing leaves, and revel an hour in their bravery.”</p><p>[Illustration]&#13;
                    SABBATH-DAY POINT, LAKE GEORGE.</p><p>*        *        *        *        *</p><p>The lovely waters of Lake George are known to the Catholics by the&#13;
prettier and more appropriate name of Lake Sacrament. Its singular&#13;
transparency, surpassing that of all other lakes in the world, probably&#13;
suggested some tradition of its sacredness; and its water was carried to&#13;
great distances to supply the consecrated fonts. The singular seclusion&#13;
of its position, far aside from the general current of population, has&#13;
assisted to preserve its character.</p><p>Loch Katrine, at the Trosachs, is a miniature-likeness of Lake George.&#13;
It is the only lake in Europe that has at all the same style or degree&#13;
of beauty. The small green islands, with their abrupt shores,—the&#13;
emerald depths of the water, overshadowed and tinted by the tenderest&#13;
moss and foliage,—the lofty mountains in the back-ground,—and the&#13;
tranquil character of the lake, over which the wind is arrested and&#13;
rendered powerless by the peaks of the hills and the lofty&#13;
island-summits,—are all points of singular resemblance. Loch Katrine&#13;
can scarce be called picturesque, except at the Trosachs, however; while&#13;
Lake George, throughout all the mazes of its three hundred and&#13;
sixty-five islands (there are said to be just this number), preserves&#13;
the same wild and racy character of beauty. Varying in size, from a mile&#13;
in length to the circumference of a tea-table, these little islets&#13;
present the most multiplied changes of surface and aspect—upon some&#13;
only moss and flowers, upon others a miniature forest, with its outer&#13;
trees leaning over to the pellucid bosom of the lake, as if drawn&#13;
downwards by the reflection of their own luxuriant beauty.</p><p>The forests on the shores of Lake George were formerly stocked&#13;
plentifully with deer, who were hunted in rather a peculiar manner. The&#13;
huntsmen were divided into two parties, one of which started them from&#13;
their thickets on the edge of the lake. Upon hearing the approach of the&#13;
dogs, they invariably took to the water and crossed to the opposite&#13;
shore, from which a boat, directed by a boy stationed in a high tree,&#13;
put out to meet them. A few blows with an oar conquered them easily, and&#13;
they were towed ashore, or taken alive into the boat. Bears are hunted&#13;
in the same manner, except that, being more inconvenient to close with,&#13;
they are usually shot from the boat without ceremony.</p><p>The race of settlers who were to be found in these neighbourhoods not&#13;
many years ago—half hunters, half farmers—has disappeared, or gone&#13;
westward with the game. The celebrated theologian, Dr. Dwight, gives a&#13;
graphic account of one of this class, whom he met in a first visit to&#13;
Lake George, somewhere about the year 1800. Landing on a point to dine,&#13;
in his passage up the lake, he found a huntsman, with a buck lying&#13;
beside him. “Before our departure,” he says, “we heard the hounds&#13;
advancing near to us. Our new companion instantly took fire at the&#13;
sound. His eye kindled; his voice assumed a loftier tone; his stride&#13;
became haughty; his style swelled into pomp, and his sentiments were&#13;
changed rapidly from mildness to ardour, to vehemence, and to rage. I&#13;
was forcibly struck with the sameness of the emotions produced by&#13;
hunting and by war. The ardour of battle, the glitter of arms, and the&#13;
shock of conflict, could scarcely have produced in a single moment more&#13;
violent or fierce agitations than were roused in this man by the&#13;
approach of the hounds, the confident expectation of a victim, and the&#13;
brilliant prospect of a venatory triumph. To him who has been a witness&#13;
of both objects, it will cease to be a wonder that the savage should&#13;
make the chase a substitute for war, and a source of glory second only&#13;
to that acquired in battle. Our hunter was not exempted, however, from&#13;
the common lot of man. His partner came up with the hounds, but without&#13;
a deer! The magnificence of our companion dwindled in a moment. The fire&#13;
vanished from his eye; his voice fell to its natural key; and the hero&#13;
shrank into a plain farmer.”</p><p>No one, it has been well said, understands the character of the&#13;
aboriginal tenants of America, who has seen them only as _vitiated_ by&#13;
contact with the settlers. I say vitiated; for, if they are not made&#13;
better by proper protection and cultivation, they become much worse; as&#13;
human nature, left to itself, is more susceptible of the contagion of&#13;
vice, than of improvement in virtue. The Indian, thrown into temptation,&#13;
easily takes the vices of the white man; and, in such exposure, his race&#13;
melts away like the snow before a summer’s sun.</p><p>The wild Indian, however, whose contact with the European race has not&#13;
been enough to vitiate his habits, or subdue his self-importance—who&#13;
still prowls the forest in the pride of his independence—who looks upon&#13;
all nations and tribes, but his own, as unworthy of the contemptuous&#13;
glance of his eye—whose dreams of importance become to him a constant&#13;
reality, and actually have the same influence in the formation of his&#13;
character as if they were all they _seem_ to him—he regards himself as&#13;
the _centre_ of a world made purposely for him. Such a being (and the&#13;
wild Indian is much more than this) who is not a creature of the&#13;
imagination, but a living actor in the scenes of the earth, becomes at&#13;
least an interesting object, if not, also, a _problem_ yet to be solved&#13;
in both moral philosophy and politics, and in the nature and character&#13;
of man as a social being. His _bearing_ may be imagined from the&#13;
following description of the war-dance:—</p><p>“A hundred warriors now advance,&#13;
            All dressed and painted for the dance;&#13;
            And sounding club and hollow skin,&#13;
            A slow and measured _time_ begin.&#13;
            With rigid limb and sliding foot,&#13;
            And murmurs low the time to suit,&#13;
            For ever varying with the sound,&#13;
            The circling band moves round and round.&#13;
            Now slowly rise the swelling notes,&#13;
            And every crest more lively floats.&#13;
            Now tossed on high with gesture proud&#13;
            Then lowly ’mid the circle bowed;&#13;
            While clanging arms grow louder still,&#13;
            And every voice becomes more shrill,&#13;
            Till fierce and strong the clamour grows,&#13;
            And the wild _war-whoop_ bids it close,&#13;
            Then starts SKUNTONGA forth, whose band&#13;
            Came far from Huron’s storm-beat strand,&#13;
            And loud recounts his _hunting_ feats,&#13;
            Whilst his dark club the measure beats.”—ONTWA.</p><p>Sabbath-day Point presents one of the most beautiful of the many views&#13;
upon the lake. It received its name from Lord Amherst, who landed there&#13;
with his suite to breakfast on a Sunday morning. It is about twenty-five&#13;
miles from the head of the lake.</p><p>END OF VOL. I.&#13;
                 PRINTED BY R. CLAY, BREAD-STREET-HILL.</p><p>TRANSCRIBER NOTES</p><p>Misspelled words and printer errors have been corrected. Where multiple&#13;
spellings of names occur, the majority spelling was used. Changes&#13;
include:</p><p>- Indian Fall to Indian Falls;</p><p>- Bull-Hill to Bull Hill;</p><p>- Horseshoe Fall to Horseshoe Falls;</p><p>- and Susquehannah to Susquehanna.</p><p>Inconsistencies in punctuation have been maintained.</p><p>Some illustrations have been moved to facilitate page layout.</p><p>A cover was created for this eBook.</p><p>[The end of _American Scenery; Volume I_, by N. P. (Nathaniel Parker)&#13;
Willis.]</p></section></body></FictionBook>
